New file, made out of files from libiberty in binutils.

2006-08-20  Soren Sandmann  <sandmann@redhat.com>

	* Makefile.am, demangle.c: New file, made out of files from
	libiberty in binutils.

	* binfile.c: Use the new sysprof_cplus_demangle() function

	* elfparser.[ch]: Add code to lookup symbols. Add demangling
	function

	* testelf.c: Various tests

1 files changed, 9575 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/demangle.c b/demangle.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4426261
--- /dev/null
+++ b/demangle.c
@@ -0,0 +1,9575 @@
+/*
+ * "I bred them together to create a monster"
+ *
+ * This file is a concatenation of the files
+ *
+ *	cp-demangle.c
+ *	cp-dmeangle.h
+ *	cplus-dem.c
+ *	demangle.h
+ *
+ * all taken from libiberty in binutils v. 2.16. After this concatenation
+ * many calls to other functions in libiberty were replaced by calls to
+ * similar functions in glib. Also global entry points that we don't need
+ * in sysprof were made static or removed.
+ *
+ * Let's hope that no bugs are ever found in this file!
+ */
+
+/* Copyright notices:
+ *
+ * Demangler for g++ V3 ABI.
+ *  Copyright (C) 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ * Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@wasabisystems.com>.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the libiberty library, which is part of GCC.
+ 
+   Defs for interface to demanglers.
+   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+   2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   
+   Internal demangler interface for g++ V3 ABI.
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@wasabisystems.com>.
+
+   Demangler for GNU C++
+   Copyright 1989, 1991, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   
+   Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.uucp)
+   Rewritten by Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) for ARM and Lucid demangling
+   Modified by Satish Pai (pai@apollo.hp.com) for HP demangling
+
+   This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+
+/* This code implements a demangler for the g++ V3 ABI.  The ABI is
+   described on this web page:
+       http://www.codesourcery.com/cxx-abi/abi.html#mangling
+
+   This code was written while looking at the demangler written by
+   Alex Samuel <samuel@codesourcery.com>.
+
+   This code first pulls the mangled name apart into a list of
+   components, and then walks the list generating the demangled
+   name.
+
+   This file will normally define the following functions, q.v.:
+      char *cplus_demangle_v3(const char *mangled, int options)
+      char *java_demangle_v3(const char *mangled)
+      enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds is_gnu_v3_mangled_ctor (const char *name)
+      enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds is_gnu_v3_mangled_dtor (const char *name)
+
+   Also, the interface to the component list is public, and defined in
+   demangle.h.  The interface consists of these types, which are
+   defined in demangle.h:
+      enum demangle_component_type
+      struct demangle_component
+   and these functions defined in this file:
+      cplus_demangle_fill_name
+      cplus_demangle_fill_extended_operator
+      cplus_demangle_fill_ctor
+      cplus_demangle_fill_dtor
+      cplus_demangle_print
+   and other functions defined in the file cp-demint.c.
+
+   This file also defines some other functions and variables which are
+   only to be used by the file cp-demint.c.
+
+   Preprocessor macros you can define while compiling this file:
+
+   IN_LIBGCC2
+      If defined, this file defines the following function, q.v.:
+         char *__cxa_demangle (const char *mangled, char *buf, size_t *len,
+                               int *status)
+      instead of cplus_demangle_v3() and java_demangle_v3().
+
+   IN_GLIBCPP_V3
+      If defined, this file defines only __cxa_demangle(), and no other
+      publically visible functions or variables.
+
+   CP_DEMANGLE_DEBUG
+      If defined, turns on debugging mode, which prints information on
+      stdout about the mangled string.  This is not generally useful.
+*/
+
+#include <glib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+/* Defs for interface to demanglers.
+   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+   2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+#if !defined (DEMANGLE_H)
+#define DEMANGLE_H
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* Options passed to cplus_demangle (in 2nd parameter). */
+
+#define DMGL_NO_OPTS	 0		/* For readability... */
+#define DMGL_PARAMS	 (1 << 0)	/* Include function args */
+#define DMGL_ANSI	 (1 << 1)	/* Include const, volatile, etc */
+#define DMGL_JAVA	 (1 << 2)	/* Demangle as Java rather than C++. */
+#define DMGL_VERBOSE	 (1 << 3)	/* Include implementation details.  */
+#define DMGL_TYPES	 (1 << 4)	/* Also try to demangle type encodings.  */
+
+#define DMGL_AUTO	 (1 << 8)
+#define DMGL_GNU	 (1 << 9)
+#define DMGL_LUCID	 (1 << 10)
+#define DMGL_ARM	 (1 << 11)
+#define DMGL_HP 	 (1 << 12)       /* For the HP aCC compiler;
+                                            same as ARM except for
+                                            template arguments, etc. */
+#define DMGL_EDG	 (1 << 13)
+#define DMGL_GNU_V3	 (1 << 14)
+#define DMGL_GNAT	 (1 << 15)
+
+/* If none of these are set, use 'current_demangling_style' as the default. */
+#define DMGL_STYLE_MASK (DMGL_AUTO|DMGL_GNU|DMGL_LUCID|DMGL_ARM|DMGL_HP|DMGL_EDG|DMGL_GNU_V3|DMGL_JAVA|DMGL_GNAT)
+
+/* Enumeration of possible demangling styles.
+
+   Lucid and ARM styles are still kept logically distinct, even though
+   they now both behave identically.  The resulting style is actual the
+   union of both.  I.E. either style recognizes both "__pt__" and "__rf__"
+   for operator "->", even though the first is lucid style and the second
+   is ARM style. (FIXME?) */
+
+enum demangling_styles
+{
+  no_demangling = -1,
+  unknown_demangling = 0,
+  auto_demangling = DMGL_AUTO,
+  gnu_demangling = DMGL_GNU,
+  lucid_demangling = DMGL_LUCID,
+  arm_demangling = DMGL_ARM,
+  hp_demangling = DMGL_HP,
+  edg_demangling = DMGL_EDG,
+  gnu_v3_demangling = DMGL_GNU_V3,
+  java_demangling = DMGL_JAVA,
+  gnat_demangling = DMGL_GNAT
+};
+
+/* Define string names for the various demangling styles. */
+
+#define NO_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING            "none"
+#define AUTO_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING	      "auto"
+#define GNU_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING    	      "gnu"
+#define LUCID_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING	      "lucid"
+#define ARM_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING	      "arm"
+#define HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING	      "hp"
+#define EDG_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING	      "edg"
+#define GNU_V3_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING        "gnu-v3"
+#define JAVA_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING          "java"
+#define GNAT_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING          "gnat"
+
+/* Some macros to test what demangling style is active. */
+
+#define CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE current_demangling_style
+#define AUTO_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_AUTO)
+#define GNU_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNU)
+#define LUCID_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_LUCID)
+#define ARM_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_ARM)
+#define HP_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_HP)
+#define EDG_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_EDG)
+#define GNU_V3_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNU_V3)
+#define JAVA_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_JAVA)
+#define GNAT_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNAT)
+
+/* Provide information about the available demangle styles. This code is
+   pulled from gdb into libiberty because it is useful to binutils also.  */
+
+#define PARAMS(a) a
+
+#define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN  G_GNUC_NORETURN
+#define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED    G_GNUC_UNUSED
+    
+static const struct demangler_engine
+{
+  const char *const demangling_style_name;
+  const enum demangling_styles demangling_style;
+  const char *const demangling_style_doc;
+} libiberty_demanglers[];
+
+#if 0
+extern char *
+cplus_demangle PARAMS ((const char *mangled, int options));
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+extern int
+cplus_demangle_opname PARAMS ((const char *opname, char *result, int options));
+
+extern const char *
+cplus_mangle_opname PARAMS ((const char *opname, int options));
+#endif
+
+/* Note: This sets global state.  FIXME if you care about multi-threading. */
+
+enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds {
+  gnu_v3_complete_object_ctor = 1,
+  gnu_v3_base_object_ctor,
+  gnu_v3_complete_object_allocating_ctor
+};
+
+/* Return non-zero iff NAME is the mangled form of a constructor name
+   in the G++ V3 ABI demangling style.  Specifically, return an `enum
+   gnu_v3_ctor_kinds' value indicating what kind of constructor
+   it is.  */
+extern enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds
+	is_gnu_v3_mangled_ctor PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+
+enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds {
+  gnu_v3_deleting_dtor = 1,
+  gnu_v3_complete_object_dtor,
+  gnu_v3_base_object_dtor
+};
+
+/* Return non-zero iff NAME is the mangled form of a destructor name
+   in the G++ V3 ABI demangling style.  Specifically, return an `enum
+   gnu_v3_dtor_kinds' value, indicating what kind of destructor
+   it is.  */
+extern enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds
+	is_gnu_v3_mangled_dtor PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+/* The V3 demangler works in two passes.  The first pass builds a tree
+   representation of the mangled name, and the second pass turns the
+   tree representation into a demangled string.  Here we define an
+   interface to permit a caller to build their own tree
+   representation, which they can pass to the demangler to get a
+   demangled string.  This can be used to canonicalize user input into
+   something which the demangler might output.  It could also be used
+   by other demanglers in the future.  */
+
+/* These are the component types which may be found in the tree.  Many
+   component types have one or two subtrees, referred to as left and
+   right (a component type with only one subtree puts it in the left
+   subtree).  */
+
+enum demangle_component_type
+{
+  /* A name, with a length and a pointer to a string.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME,
+  /* A qualified name.  The left subtree is a class or namespace or
+     some such thing, and the right subtree is a name qualified by
+     that class.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME,
+  /* A local name.  The left subtree describes a function, and the
+     right subtree is a name which is local to that function.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME,
+  /* A typed name.  The left subtree is a name, and the right subtree
+     describes that name as a function.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME,
+  /* A template.  The left subtree is a template name, and the right
+     subtree is a template argument list.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE,
+  /* A template parameter.  This holds a number, which is the template
+     parameter index.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM,
+  /* A constructor.  This holds a name and the kind of
+     constructor.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR,
+  /* A destructor.  This holds a name and the kind of destructor.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR,
+  /* A vtable.  This has one subtree, the type for which this is a
+     vtable.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTABLE,
+  /* A VTT structure.  This has one subtree, the type for which this
+     is a VTT.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTT,
+  /* A construction vtable.  The left subtree is the type for which
+     this is a vtable, and the right subtree is the derived type for
+     which this vtable is built.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONSTRUCTION_VTABLE,
+  /* A typeinfo structure.  This has one subtree, the type for which
+     this is the tpeinfo structure.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO,
+  /* A typeinfo name.  This has one subtree, the type for which this
+     is the typeinfo name.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_NAME,
+  /* A typeinfo function.  This has one subtree, the type for which
+     this is the tpyeinfo function.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_FN,
+  /* A thunk.  This has one subtree, the name for which this is a
+     thunk.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THUNK,
+  /* A virtual thunk.  This has one subtree, the name for which this
+     is a virtual thunk.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VIRTUAL_THUNK,
+  /* A covariant thunk.  This has one subtree, the name for which this
+     is a covariant thunk.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COVARIANT_THUNK,
+  /* A Java class.  This has one subtree, the type.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_CLASS,
+  /* A guard variable.  This has one subtree, the name for which this
+     is a guard variable.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GUARD,
+  /* A reference temporary.  This has one subtree, the name for which
+     this is a temporary.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFTEMP,
+  /* A standard substitution.  This holds the name of the
+     substitution.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD,
+  /* The restrict qualifier.  The one subtree is the type which is
+     being qualified.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT,
+  /* The volatile qualifier.  The one subtree is the type which is
+     being qualified.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE,
+  /* The const qualifier.  The one subtree is the type which is being
+     qualified.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST,
+  /* The restrict qualifier modifying a member function.  The one
+     subtree is the type which is being qualified.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS,
+  /* The volatile qualifier modifying a member function.  The one
+     subtree is the type which is being qualified.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS,
+  /* The const qualifier modifying a member function.  The one subtree
+     is the type which is being qualified.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS,
+  /* A vendor qualifier.  The left subtree is the type which is being
+     qualified, and the right subtree is the name of the
+     qualifier.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL,
+  /* A pointer.  The one subtree is the type which is being pointed
+     to.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_POINTER,
+  /* A reference.  The one subtree is the type which is being
+     referenced.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE,
+  /* A complex type.  The one subtree is the base type.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX,
+  /* An imaginary type.  The one subtree is the base type.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY,
+  /* A builtin type.  This holds the builtin type information.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE,
+  /* A vendor's builtin type.  This holds the name of the type.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE,
+  /* A function type.  The left subtree is the return type.  The right
+     subtree is a list of ARGLIST nodes.  Either or both may be
+     NULL.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE,
+  /* An array type.  The left subtree is the dimension, which may be
+     NULL, or a string (represented as DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME), or an
+     expression.  The right subtree is the element type.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARRAY_TYPE,
+  /* A pointer to member type.  The left subtree is the class type,
+     and the right subtree is the member type.  CV-qualifiers appear
+     on the latter.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE,
+  /* An argument list.  The left subtree is the current argument, and
+     the right subtree is either NULL or another ARGLIST node.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST,
+  /* A template argument list.  The left subtree is the current
+     template argument, and the right subtree is either NULL or
+     another TEMPLATE_ARGLIST node.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST,
+  /* An operator.  This holds information about a standard
+     operator.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR,
+  /* An extended operator.  This holds the number of arguments, and
+     the name of the extended operator.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR,
+  /* A typecast, represented as a unary operator.  The one subtree is
+     the type to which the argument should be cast.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST,
+  /* A unary expression.  The left subtree is the operator, and the
+     right subtree is the single argument.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY,
+  /* A binary expression.  The left subtree is the operator, and the
+     right subtree is a BINARY_ARGS.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY,
+  /* Arguments to a binary expression.  The left subtree is the first
+     argument, and the right subtree is the second argument.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS,
+  /* A trinary expression.  The left subtree is the operator, and the
+     right subtree is a TRINARY_ARG1.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY,
+  /* Arguments to a trinary expression.  The left subtree is the first
+     argument, and the right subtree is a TRINARY_ARG2.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG1,
+  /* More arguments to a trinary expression.  The left subtree is the
+     second argument, and the right subtree is the third argument.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2,
+  /* A literal.  The left subtree is the type, and the right subtree
+     is the value, represented as a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL,
+  /* A negative literal.  Like LITERAL, but the value is negated.
+     This is a minor hack: the NAME used for LITERAL points directly
+     to the mangled string, but since negative numbers are mangled
+     using 'n' instead of '-', we want a way to indicate a negative
+     number which involves neither modifying the mangled string nor
+     allocating a new copy of the literal in memory.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG
+};
+
+/* Types which are only used internally.  */
+
+struct demangle_operator_info;
+struct demangle_builtin_type_info;
+
+/* A node in the tree representation is an instance of a struct
+   demangle_component.  Note that the field names of the struct are
+   not well protected against macros defined by the file including
+   this one.  We can fix this if it ever becomes a problem.  */
+
+struct demangle_component
+{
+  /* The type of this component.  */
+  enum demangle_component_type type;
+
+  union
+  {
+    /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME.  */
+    struct
+    {
+      /* A pointer to the name (which need not NULL terminated) and
+	 its length.  */
+      const char *s;
+      int len;
+    } s_name;
+
+    /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR.  */
+    struct
+    {
+      /* Operator.  */
+      const struct demangle_operator_info *op;
+    } s_operator;
+
+    /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR.  */
+    struct
+    {
+      /* Number of arguments.  */
+      int args;
+      /* Name.  */
+      struct demangle_component *name;
+    } s_extended_operator;
+
+    /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR.  */
+    struct
+    {
+      /* Kind of constructor.  */
+      enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds kind;
+      /* Name.  */
+      struct demangle_component *name;
+    } s_ctor;
+
+    /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR.  */
+    struct
+    {
+      /* Kind of destructor.  */
+      enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds kind;
+      /* Name.  */
+      struct demangle_component *name;
+    } s_dtor;
+
+    /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE.  */
+    struct
+    {
+      /* Builtin type.  */
+      const struct demangle_builtin_type_info *type;
+    } s_builtin;
+
+    /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD.  */
+    struct
+    {
+      /* Standard substitution string.  */
+      const char* string;
+      /* Length of string.  */
+      int len;
+    } s_string;
+
+    /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM.  */
+    struct
+    {
+      /* Template parameter index.  */
+      long number;
+    } s_number;
+
+    /* For other types.  */
+    struct
+    {
+      /* Left (or only) subtree.  */
+      struct demangle_component *left;
+      /* Right subtree.  */
+      struct demangle_component *right;
+    } s_binary;
+
+  } u;
+};
+
+/* People building mangled trees are expected to allocate instances of
+   struct demangle_component themselves.  They can then call one of
+   the following functions to fill them in.  */
+
+/* Fill in most component types with a left subtree and a right
+   subtree.  Returns non-zero on success, zero on failure, such as an
+   unrecognized or inappropriate component type.  */
+
+extern int
+cplus_demangle_fill_component PARAMS ((struct demangle_component *fill,
+				       enum demangle_component_type,
+				       struct demangle_component *left,
+				       struct demangle_component *right));
+
+/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME.  Returns non-zero on success,
+   zero for bad arguments.  */
+
+extern int
+cplus_demangle_fill_name PARAMS ((struct demangle_component *fill,
+				  const char *, int));
+
+/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE, using the name of the
+   builtin type (e.g., "int", etc.).  Returns non-zero on success,
+   zero if the type is not recognized.  */
+
+extern int
+cplus_demangle_fill_builtin_type PARAMS ((struct demangle_component *fill,
+					  const char *type_name));
+
+/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR, using the name of the
+   operator and the number of arguments which it takes (the latter is
+   used to disambiguate operators which can be both binary and unary,
+   such as '-').  Returns non-zero on success, zero if the operator is
+   not recognized.  */
+
+extern int
+cplus_demangle_fill_operator PARAMS ((struct demangle_component *fill,
+				      const char *opname, int args));
+
+/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR, providing the
+   number of arguments and the name.  Returns non-zero on success,
+   zero for bad arguments.  */
+
+extern int
+cplus_demangle_fill_extended_operator PARAMS ((struct demangle_component *fill,
+					       int numargs,
+					       struct demangle_component *nm));
+
+/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR.  Returns non-zero on success,
+   zero for bad arguments.  */
+
+extern int
+cplus_demangle_fill_ctor PARAMS ((struct demangle_component *fill,
+				  enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds kind,
+				  struct demangle_component *name));
+
+/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR.  Returns non-zero on success,
+   zero for bad arguments.  */
+
+extern int
+cplus_demangle_fill_dtor PARAMS ((struct demangle_component *fill,
+				  enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds kind,
+				  struct demangle_component *name));
+
+/* This function translates a mangled name into a struct
+   demangle_component tree.  The first argument is the mangled name.
+   The second argument is DMGL_* options.  This returns a pointer to a
+   tree on success, or NULL on failure.  On success, the third
+   argument is set to a block of memory allocated by malloc.  This
+   block should be passed to free when the tree is no longer
+   needed.  */
+
+extern struct demangle_component *
+cplus_demangle_v3_components PARAMS ((const char *mangled,
+				      int options,
+				      void **mem));
+
+/* This function takes a struct demangle_component tree and returns
+   the corresponding demangled string.  The first argument is DMGL_*
+   options.  The second is the tree to demangle.  The third is a guess
+   at the length of the demangled string, used to initially allocate
+   the return buffer.  The fourth is a pointer to a size_t.  On
+   success, this function returns a buffer allocated by malloc(), and
+   sets the size_t pointed to by the fourth argument to the size of
+   the allocated buffer (not the length of the returned string).  On
+   failure, this function returns NULL, and sets the size_t pointed to
+   by the fourth argument to 0 for an invalid tree, or to 1 for a
+   memory allocation error.  */
+
+extern char *
+cplus_demangle_print PARAMS ((int options,
+			      const struct demangle_component *tree,
+			      int estimated_length,
+			      size_t *p_allocated_size));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif	/* DEMANGLE_H */
+
+
+/* V3 ABI demangling entry points, defined in cp-demangle.c.  */
+static char* cplus_demangle_v3 PARAMS ((const char* mangled, int options));
+
+static char* java_demangle_v3 PARAMS ((const char* mangled));
+
+/* Internal demangler interface for g++ V3 ABI.
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@wasabisystems.com>.
+
+   This file is part of the libiberty library, which is part of GCC.
+
+   This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   In addition to the permissions in the GNU General Public License, the
+   Free Software Foundation gives you unlimited permission to link the
+   compiled version of this file into combinations with other programs,
+   and to distribute those combinations without any restriction coming
+   from the use of this file.  (The General Public License restrictions
+   do apply in other respects; for example, they cover modification of
+   the file, and distribution when not linked into a combined
+   executable.)
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. 
+*/
+
+/* This file provides some definitions shared by cp-demangle.c and
+   cp-demint.c.  It should not be included by any other files.  */
+
+/* Information we keep for operators.  */
+
+struct demangle_operator_info
+{
+  /* Mangled name.  */
+  const char *code;
+  /* Real name.  */
+  const char *name;
+  /* Length of real name.  */
+  int len;
+  /* Number of arguments.  */
+  int args;
+};
+
+/* How to print the value of a builtin type.  */
+
+enum d_builtin_type_print
+{
+  /* Print as (type)val.  */
+  D_PRINT_DEFAULT,
+  /* Print as integer.  */
+  D_PRINT_INT,
+  /* Print as unsigned integer, with trailing "u".  */
+  D_PRINT_UNSIGNED,
+  /* Print as long, with trailing "l".  */
+  D_PRINT_LONG,
+  /* Print as unsigned long, with trailing "ul".  */
+  D_PRINT_UNSIGNED_LONG,
+  /* Print as long long, with trailing "ll".  */
+  D_PRINT_LONG_LONG,
+  /* Print as unsigned long long, with trailing "ull".  */
+  D_PRINT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG,
+  /* Print as bool.  */
+  D_PRINT_BOOL,
+  /* Print as float--put value in square brackets.  */
+  D_PRINT_FLOAT,
+  /* Print in usual way, but here to detect void.  */
+  D_PRINT_VOID
+};
+
+/* Information we keep for a builtin type.  */
+
+struct demangle_builtin_type_info
+{
+  /* Type name.  */
+  const char *name;
+  /* Length of type name.  */
+  int len;
+  /* Type name when using Java.  */
+  const char *java_name;
+  /* Length of java name.  */
+  int java_len;
+  /* How to print a value of this type.  */
+  enum d_builtin_type_print print;
+};
+
+/* The information structure we pass around.  */
+
+struct d_info
+{
+  /* The string we are demangling.  */
+  const char *s;
+  /* The end of the string we are demangling.  */
+  const char *send;
+  /* The options passed to the demangler.  */
+  int options;
+  /* The next character in the string to consider.  */
+  const char *n;
+  /* The array of components.  */
+  struct demangle_component *comps;
+  /* The index of the next available component.  */
+  int next_comp;
+  /* The number of available component structures.  */
+  int num_comps;
+  /* The array of substitutions.  */
+  struct demangle_component **subs;
+  /* The index of the next substitution.  */
+  int next_sub;
+  /* The number of available entries in the subs array.  */
+  int num_subs;
+  /* The number of substitutions which we actually made from the subs
+     array, plus the number of template parameter references we
+     saw.  */
+  int did_subs;
+  /* The last name we saw, for constructors and destructors.  */
+  struct demangle_component *last_name;
+  /* A running total of the length of large expansions from the
+     mangled name to the demangled name, such as standard
+     substitutions and builtin types.  */
+  int expansion;
+};
+
+#define d_peek_char(di) (*((di)->n))
+#define d_peek_next_char(di) ((di)->n[1])
+#define d_advance(di, i) ((di)->n += (i))
+#define d_next_char(di) (*((di)->n++))
+#define d_str(di) ((di)->n)
+
+/* Functions and arrays in cp-demangle.c which are referenced by
+   functions in cp-demint.c.  */
+#define CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 static
+
+#define D_BUILTIN_TYPE_COUNT (26)
+
+#if 0
+static struct demangle_component *
+cplus_demangle_mangled_name PARAMS ((struct d_info *, int));
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+static struct demangle_component *
+cplus_demangle_type PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+#endif
+
+extern void
+cplus_demangle_init_info PARAMS ((const char *, int, size_t, struct d_info *));
+
+#if 0
+/* cp-demangle.c needs to define this a little differently */
+#undef CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3
+#endif
+#define IN_GLIBCPP_V3
+
+/* If IN_GLIBCPP_V3 is defined, some functions are made static.  We
+   also rename them via #define to avoid compiler errors when the
+   static definition conflicts with the extern declaration in a header
+   file.  */
+#ifdef IN_GLIBCPP_V3
+
+#define CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3 static
+
+#define cplus_demangle_fill_name d_fill_name
+static int
+d_fill_name PARAMS ((struct demangle_component *, const char *, int));
+
+#define cplus_demangle_fill_extended_operator d_fill_extended_operator
+static int
+d_fill_extended_operator PARAMS ((struct demangle_component *, int,
+				  struct demangle_component *));
+
+#define cplus_demangle_fill_ctor d_fill_ctor
+static int
+d_fill_ctor PARAMS ((struct demangle_component *, enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds,
+		     struct demangle_component *));
+
+#define cplus_demangle_fill_dtor d_fill_dtor
+static int
+d_fill_dtor PARAMS ((struct demangle_component *, enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds,
+		     struct demangle_component *));
+
+#define cplus_demangle_mangled_name d_mangled_name
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_mangled_name PARAMS ((struct d_info *, int));
+
+#define cplus_demangle_type d_type
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_type PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+#define cplus_demangle_print d_print
+static char *
+d_print PARAMS ((int, const struct demangle_component *, int, size_t *));
+
+#define cplus_demangle_init_info d_init_info
+static void
+d_init_info PARAMS ((const char *, int, size_t, struct d_info *));
+
+#else /* ! defined(IN_GLIBCPP_V3) */
+#define CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3
+#endif /* ! defined(IN_GLIBCPP_V3) */
+
+/* See if the compiler supports dynamic arrays.  */
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define CP_DYNAMIC_ARRAYS
+#else
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#ifdef __STDC_VERSION__
+#if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
+#define CP_DYNAMIC_ARRAYS
+#endif /* __STDC__VERSION >= 199901L */
+#endif /* defined (__STDC_VERSION__) */
+#endif /* defined (__STDC__) */
+#endif /* ! defined (__GNUC__) */
+
+/* We avoid pulling in the ctype tables, to prevent pulling in
+   additional unresolved symbols when this code is used in a library.
+   FIXME: Is this really a valid reason?  This comes from the original
+   V3 demangler code.
+
+   As of this writing this file has the following undefined references
+   when compiled with -DIN_GLIBCPP_V3: malloc, realloc, free, memcpy,
+   strcpy, strcat, strlen.  */
+
+#define IS_DIGIT(c) ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '9')
+#define IS_UPPER(c) ((c) >= 'A' && (c) <= 'Z')
+#define IS_LOWER(c) ((c) >= 'a' && (c) <= 'z')
+
+/* The prefix prepended by GCC to an identifier represnting the
+   anonymous namespace.  */
+#define ANONYMOUS_NAMESPACE_PREFIX "_GLOBAL_"
+#define ANONYMOUS_NAMESPACE_PREFIX_LEN \
+  (sizeof (ANONYMOUS_NAMESPACE_PREFIX) - 1)
+
+/* Information we keep for the standard substitutions.  */
+
+struct d_standard_sub_info
+{
+  /* The code for this substitution.  */
+  char code;
+  /* The simple string it expands to.  */
+  const char *simple_expansion;
+  /* The length of the simple expansion.  */
+  int simple_len;
+  /* The results of a full, verbose, expansion.  This is used when
+     qualifying a constructor/destructor, or when in verbose mode.  */
+  const char *full_expansion;
+  /* The length of the full expansion.  */
+  int full_len;
+  /* What to set the last_name field of d_info to; NULL if we should
+     not set it.  This is only relevant when qualifying a
+     constructor/destructor.  */
+  const char *set_last_name;
+  /* The length of set_last_name.  */
+  int set_last_name_len;
+};
+
+/* Accessors for subtrees of struct demangle_component.  */
+
+#define d_left(dc) ((dc)->u.s_binary.left)
+#define d_right(dc) ((dc)->u.s_binary.right)
+
+/* A list of templates.  This is used while printing.  */
+
+struct d_print_template
+{
+  /* Next template on the list.  */
+  struct d_print_template *next;
+  /* This template.  */
+  const struct demangle_component *template;
+};
+
+/* A list of type modifiers.  This is used while printing.  */
+
+struct d_print_mod
+{
+  /* Next modifier on the list.  These are in the reverse of the order
+     in which they appeared in the mangled string.  */
+  struct d_print_mod *next;
+  /* The modifier.  */
+  const struct demangle_component *mod;
+  /* Whether this modifier was printed.  */
+  int printed;
+  /* The list of templates which applies to this modifier.  */
+  struct d_print_template *templates;
+};
+
+/* We use this structure to hold information during printing.  */
+
+struct d_print_info
+{
+  /* The options passed to the demangler.  */
+  int options;
+  /* Buffer holding the result.  */
+  char *buf;
+  /* Current length of data in buffer.  */
+  size_t len;
+  /* Allocated size of buffer.  */
+  size_t alc;
+  /* The current list of templates, if any.  */
+  struct d_print_template *templates;
+  /* The current list of modifiers (e.g., pointer, reference, etc.),
+     if any.  */
+  struct d_print_mod *modifiers;
+  /* Set to 1 if we had a memory allocation failure.  */
+  int allocation_failure;
+};
+
+#define d_print_saw_error(dpi) ((dpi)->buf == NULL)
+
+#define d_append_char(dpi, c) \
+  do \
+    { \
+      if ((dpi)->buf != NULL && (dpi)->len < (dpi)->alc) \
+        (dpi)->buf[(dpi)->len++] = (c); \
+      else \
+        d_print_append_char ((dpi), (c)); \
+    } \
+  while (0)
+
+#define d_append_buffer(dpi, s, l) \
+  do \
+    { \
+      if ((dpi)->buf != NULL && (dpi)->len + (l) <= (dpi)->alc) \
+        { \
+          memcpy ((dpi)->buf + (dpi)->len, (s), (l)); \
+          (dpi)->len += l; \
+        } \
+      else \
+        d_print_append_buffer ((dpi), (s), (l)); \
+    } \
+  while (0)
+
+#define d_append_string_constant(dpi, s) \
+  d_append_buffer (dpi, (s), sizeof (s) - 1)
+
+#define d_last_char(dpi) \
+  ((dpi)->buf == NULL || (dpi)->len == 0 ? '\0' : (dpi)->buf[(dpi)->len - 1])
+
+#ifdef CP_DEMANGLE_DEBUG
+static void 
+d_dump PARAMS ((struct demangle_component *, int));
+#endif
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_empty PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_comp PARAMS ((struct d_info *, enum demangle_component_type,
+		     struct demangle_component *,
+		     struct demangle_component *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_name PARAMS ((struct d_info *, const char *, int));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_builtin_type PARAMS ((struct d_info *,
+			     const struct demangle_builtin_type_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_operator PARAMS ((struct d_info *,
+			 const struct demangle_operator_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_extended_operator PARAMS ((struct d_info *, int,
+				  struct demangle_component *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_ctor PARAMS ((struct d_info *, enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds,
+		     struct demangle_component *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_dtor PARAMS ((struct d_info *, enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds,
+		     struct demangle_component *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_template_param PARAMS ((struct d_info *, long));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_sub PARAMS ((struct d_info *, const char *, int));
+
+static int
+has_return_type PARAMS ((struct demangle_component *));
+
+static int
+is_ctor_dtor_or_conversion PARAMS ((struct demangle_component *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_encoding PARAMS ((struct d_info *, int));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_name PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_nested_name PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_prefix PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_unqualified_name PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_source_name PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static long
+d_number PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_identifier PARAMS ((struct d_info *, int));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_operator_name PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_special_name PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static int
+d_call_offset PARAMS ((struct d_info *, int));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_ctor_dtor_name PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component **
+d_cv_qualifiers PARAMS ((struct d_info *, struct demangle_component **, int));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_function_type PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_bare_function_type PARAMS ((struct d_info *, int));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_class_enum_type PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_array_type PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_pointer_to_member_type PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_template_param PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_template_args PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_template_arg PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_expression PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_expr_primary PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_local_name PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static int
+d_discriminator PARAMS ((struct d_info *));
+
+static int
+d_add_substitution PARAMS ((struct d_info *, struct demangle_component *));
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_substitution PARAMS ((struct d_info *, int));
+
+static void
+d_print_resize PARAMS ((struct d_print_info *, size_t));
+
+static void
+d_print_append_char PARAMS ((struct d_print_info *, int));
+
+static void
+d_print_append_buffer PARAMS ((struct d_print_info *, const char *, size_t));
+
+static void
+d_print_error PARAMS ((struct d_print_info *));
+
+static void
+d_print_comp PARAMS ((struct d_print_info *,
+		      const struct demangle_component *));
+
+static void
+d_print_java_identifier PARAMS ((struct d_print_info *, const char *, int));
+
+static void
+d_print_mod_list PARAMS ((struct d_print_info *, struct d_print_mod *, int));
+
+static void
+d_print_mod PARAMS ((struct d_print_info *,
+		     const struct demangle_component *));
+
+static void
+d_print_function_type PARAMS ((struct d_print_info *,
+			       const struct demangle_component *,
+			       struct d_print_mod *));
+
+static void
+d_print_array_type PARAMS ((struct d_print_info *,
+			    const struct demangle_component *,
+			    struct d_print_mod *));
+
+static void
+d_print_expr_op PARAMS ((struct d_print_info *,
+			 const struct demangle_component *));
+
+static void
+d_print_cast PARAMS ((struct d_print_info *,
+		      const struct demangle_component *));
+
+static char *
+d_demangle PARAMS ((const char *, int, size_t *));
+
+#ifdef CP_DEMANGLE_DEBUG
+
+static void
+d_dump (dc, indent)
+     struct demangle_component *dc;
+     int indent;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  if (dc == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < indent; ++i)
+    putchar (' ');
+
+  switch (dc->type)
+    {
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME:
+      printf ("name '%.*s'\n", dc->u.s_name.len, dc->u.s_name.s);
+      return;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM:
+      printf ("template parameter %ld\n", dc->u.s_number.number);
+      return;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR:
+      printf ("constructor %d\n", (int) dc->u.s_ctor.kind);
+      d_dump (dc->u.s_ctor.name, indent + 2);
+      return;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR:
+      printf ("destructor %d\n", (int) dc->u.s_dtor.kind);
+      d_dump (dc->u.s_dtor.name, indent + 2);
+      return;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD:
+      printf ("standard substitution %s\n", dc->u.s_string.string);
+      return;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE:
+      printf ("builtin type %s\n", dc->u.s_builtin.type->name);
+      return;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR:
+      printf ("operator %s\n", dc->u.s_operator.op->name);
+      return;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR:
+      printf ("extended operator with %d args\n",
+	      dc->u.s_extended_operator.args);
+      d_dump (dc->u.s_extended_operator.name, indent + 2);
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME:
+      printf ("qualified name\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME:
+      printf ("local name\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME:
+      printf ("typed name\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE:
+      printf ("template\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTABLE:
+      printf ("vtable\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTT:
+      printf ("VTT\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONSTRUCTION_VTABLE:
+      printf ("construction vtable\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO:
+      printf ("typeinfo\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_NAME:
+      printf ("typeinfo name\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_FN:
+      printf ("typeinfo function\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THUNK:
+      printf ("thunk\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VIRTUAL_THUNK:
+      printf ("virtual thunk\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COVARIANT_THUNK:
+      printf ("covariant thunk\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_CLASS:
+      printf ("java class\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GUARD:
+      printf ("guard\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFTEMP:
+      printf ("reference temporary\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT:
+      printf ("restrict\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE:
+      printf ("volatile\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST:
+      printf ("const\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS:
+      printf ("restrict this\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS:
+      printf ("volatile this\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS:
+      printf ("const this\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL:
+      printf ("vendor type qualifier\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_POINTER:
+      printf ("pointer\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE:
+      printf ("reference\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX:
+      printf ("complex\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY:
+      printf ("imaginary\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE:
+      printf ("vendor type\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE:
+      printf ("function type\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARRAY_TYPE:
+      printf ("array type\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE:
+      printf ("pointer to member type\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST:
+      printf ("argument list\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST:
+      printf ("template argument list\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST:
+      printf ("cast\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY:
+      printf ("unary operator\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY:
+      printf ("binary operator\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS:
+      printf ("binary operator arguments\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY:
+      printf ("trinary operator\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG1:
+      printf ("trinary operator arguments 1\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2:
+      printf ("trinary operator arguments 1\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL:
+      printf ("literal\n");
+      break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG:
+      printf ("negative literal\n");
+      break;
+    }
+
+  d_dump (d_left (dc), indent + 2);
+  d_dump (d_right (dc), indent + 2);
+}
+
+#endif /* CP_DEMANGLE_DEBUG */
+
+/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME.  */
+
+CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3
+int
+cplus_demangle_fill_name (p, s, len)
+     struct demangle_component *p;
+     const char *s;
+     int len;
+{
+  if (p == NULL || s == NULL || len == 0)
+    return 0;
+  p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME;
+  p->u.s_name.s = s;
+  p->u.s_name.len = len;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR.  */
+
+CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3
+int
+cplus_demangle_fill_extended_operator (p, args, name)
+     struct demangle_component *p;
+     int args;
+     struct demangle_component *name;
+{
+  if (p == NULL || args < 0 || name == NULL)
+    return 0;
+  p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR;
+  p->u.s_extended_operator.args = args;
+  p->u.s_extended_operator.name = name;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR.  */
+
+CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3
+int
+cplus_demangle_fill_ctor (p, kind, name)
+     struct demangle_component *p;
+     enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds kind;
+     struct demangle_component *name;
+{
+  if (p == NULL
+      || name == NULL
+      || (kind < gnu_v3_complete_object_ctor
+	  && kind > gnu_v3_complete_object_allocating_ctor))
+    return 0;
+  p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR;
+  p->u.s_ctor.kind = kind;
+  p->u.s_ctor.name = name;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Fill in a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR.  */
+
+CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3
+int
+cplus_demangle_fill_dtor (p, kind, name)
+     struct demangle_component *p;
+     enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds kind;
+     struct demangle_component *name;
+{
+  if (p == NULL
+      || name == NULL
+      || (kind < gnu_v3_deleting_dtor
+	  && kind > gnu_v3_base_object_dtor))
+    return 0;
+  p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR;
+  p->u.s_dtor.kind = kind;
+  p->u.s_dtor.name = name;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Add a new component.  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_empty (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *p;
+
+  if (di->next_comp >= di->num_comps)
+    return NULL;
+  p = &di->comps[di->next_comp];
+  ++di->next_comp;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Add a new generic component.  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_comp (di, type, left, right)
+     struct d_info *di;
+     enum demangle_component_type type;
+     struct demangle_component *left;
+     struct demangle_component *right;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *p;
+
+  /* We check for errors here.  A typical error would be a NULL return
+     from a subroutine.  We catch those here, and return NULL
+     upward.  */
+  switch (type)
+    {
+      /* These types require two parameters.  */
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONSTRUCTION_VTABLE:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG1:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG:
+      if (left == NULL || right == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+      break;
+
+      /* These types only require one parameter.  */
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTABLE:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTT:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_NAME:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_FN:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THUNK:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VIRTUAL_THUNK:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COVARIANT_THUNK:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_CLASS:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GUARD:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFTEMP:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_POINTER:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST:
+      if (left == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+      break;
+
+      /* This needs a right parameter, but the left parameter can be
+	 empty.  */
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARRAY_TYPE:
+      if (right == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+      break;
+
+      /* These are allowed to have no parameters--in some cases they
+	 will be filled in later.  */
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS:
+      break;
+
+      /* Other types should not be seen here.  */
+    default:
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  p = d_make_empty (di);
+  if (p != NULL)
+    {
+      p->type = type;
+      p->u.s_binary.left = left;
+      p->u.s_binary.right = right;
+    }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Add a new name component.  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_name (di, s, len)
+     struct d_info *di;
+     const char *s;
+     int len;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *p;
+
+  p = d_make_empty (di);
+  if (! cplus_demangle_fill_name (p, s, len))
+    return NULL;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Add a new builtin type component.  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_builtin_type (di, type)
+     struct d_info *di;
+     const struct demangle_builtin_type_info *type;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *p;
+
+  if (type == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  p = d_make_empty (di);
+  if (p != NULL)
+    {
+      p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE;
+      p->u.s_builtin.type = type;
+    }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Add a new operator component.  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_operator (di, op)
+     struct d_info *di;
+     const struct demangle_operator_info *op;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *p;
+
+  p = d_make_empty (di);
+  if (p != NULL)
+    {
+      p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR;
+      p->u.s_operator.op = op;
+    }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Add a new extended operator component.  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_extended_operator (di, args, name)
+     struct d_info *di;
+     int args;
+     struct demangle_component *name;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *p;
+
+  p = d_make_empty (di);
+  if (! cplus_demangle_fill_extended_operator (p, args, name))
+    return NULL;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Add a new constructor component.  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_ctor (di, kind,  name)
+     struct d_info *di;
+     enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds kind;
+     struct demangle_component *name;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *p;
+
+  p = d_make_empty (di);
+  if (! cplus_demangle_fill_ctor (p, kind, name))
+    return NULL;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Add a new destructor component.  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_dtor (di, kind, name)
+     struct d_info *di;
+     enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds kind;
+     struct demangle_component *name;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *p;
+
+  p = d_make_empty (di);
+  if (! cplus_demangle_fill_dtor (p, kind, name))
+    return NULL;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Add a new template parameter.  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_template_param (di, i)
+     struct d_info *di;
+     long i;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *p;
+
+  p = d_make_empty (di);
+  if (p != NULL)
+    {
+      p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM;
+      p->u.s_number.number = i;
+    }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Add a new standard substitution component.  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_sub (di, name, len)
+     struct d_info *di;
+     const char *name;
+     int len;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *p;
+
+  p = d_make_empty (di);
+  if (p != NULL)
+    {
+      p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD;
+      p->u.s_string.string = name;
+      p->u.s_string.len = len;
+    }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* <mangled-name> ::= _Z <encoding>
+
+   TOP_LEVEL is non-zero when called at the top level.  */
+
+CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3
+struct demangle_component *
+cplus_demangle_mangled_name (di, top_level)
+     struct d_info *di;
+     int top_level;
+{
+  if (d_next_char (di) != '_')
+    return NULL;
+  if (d_next_char (di) != 'Z')
+    return NULL;
+  return d_encoding (di, top_level);
+}
+
+/* Return whether a function should have a return type.  The argument
+   is the function name, which may be qualified in various ways.  The
+   rules are that template functions have return types with some
+   exceptions, function types which are not part of a function name
+   mangling have return types with some exceptions, and non-template
+   function names do not have return types.  The exceptions are that
+   constructors, destructors, and conversion operators do not have
+   return types.  */
+
+static int
+has_return_type (dc)
+     struct demangle_component *dc;
+{
+  if (dc == NULL)
+    return 0;
+  switch (dc->type)
+    {
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE:
+      return ! is_ctor_dtor_or_conversion (d_left (dc));
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS:
+      return has_return_type (d_left (dc));
+    }
+}
+
+/* Return whether a name is a constructor, a destructor, or a
+   conversion operator.  */
+
+static int
+is_ctor_dtor_or_conversion (dc)
+     struct demangle_component *dc;
+{
+  if (dc == NULL)
+    return 0;
+  switch (dc->type)
+    {
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME:
+      return is_ctor_dtor_or_conversion (d_right (dc));
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST:
+      return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+/* <encoding> ::= <(function) name> <bare-function-type>
+              ::= <(data) name>
+              ::= <special-name>
+
+   TOP_LEVEL is non-zero when called at the top level, in which case
+   if DMGL_PARAMS is not set we do not demangle the function
+   parameters.  We only set this at the top level, because otherwise
+   we would not correctly demangle names in local scopes.  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_encoding (di, top_level)
+     struct d_info *di;
+     int top_level;
+{
+  char peek = d_peek_char (di);
+
+  if (peek == 'G' || peek == 'T')
+    return d_special_name (di);
+  else
+    {
+      struct demangle_component *dc;
+
+      dc = d_name (di);
+
+      if (dc != NULL && top_level && (di->options & DMGL_PARAMS) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* Strip off any initial CV-qualifiers, as they really apply
+	     to the `this' parameter, and they were not output by the
+	     v2 demangler without DMGL_PARAMS.  */
+	  while (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS
+		 || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS
+		 || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS)
+	    dc = d_left (dc);
+
+	  /* If the top level is a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, then
+	     there may be CV-qualifiers on its right argument which
+	     really apply here; this happens when parsing a class
+	     which is local to a function.  */
+	  if (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME)
+	    {
+	      struct demangle_component *dcr;
+
+	      dcr = d_right (dc);
+	      while (dcr->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS
+		     || dcr->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS
+		     || dcr->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS)
+		dcr = d_left (dcr);
+	      dc->u.s_binary.right = dcr;
+	    }
+
+	  return dc;
+	}
+
+      peek = d_peek_char (di);
+      if (peek == '\0' || peek == 'E')
+	return dc;
+      return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME, dc,
+			  d_bare_function_type (di, has_return_type (dc)));
+    }
+}
+
+/* <name> ::= <nested-name>
+          ::= <unscoped-name>
+          ::= <unscoped-template-name> <template-args>
+          ::= <local-name>
+
+   <unscoped-name> ::= <unqualified-name>
+                   ::= St <unqualified-name>
+
+   <unscoped-template-name> ::= <unscoped-name>
+                            ::= <substitution>
+*/
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_name (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  char peek = d_peek_char (di);
+  struct demangle_component *dc;
+
+  switch (peek)
+    {
+    case 'N':
+      return d_nested_name (di);
+
+    case 'Z':
+      return d_local_name (di);
+
+    case 'S':
+      {
+	int subst;
+
+	if (d_peek_next_char (di) != 't')
+	  {
+	    dc = d_substitution (di, 0);
+	    subst = 1;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    d_advance (di, 2);
+	    dc = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME,
+			      d_make_name (di, "std", 3),
+			      d_unqualified_name (di));
+	    di->expansion += 3;
+	    subst = 0;
+	  }
+
+	if (d_peek_char (di) != 'I')
+	  {
+	    /* The grammar does not permit this case to occur if we
+	       called d_substitution() above (i.e., subst == 1).  We
+	       don't bother to check.  */
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* This is <template-args>, which means that we just saw
+	       <unscoped-template-name>, which is a substitution
+	       candidate if we didn't just get it from a
+	       substitution.  */
+	    if (! subst)
+	      {
+		if (! d_add_substitution (di, dc))
+		  return NULL;
+	      }
+	    dc = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, dc,
+			      d_template_args (di));
+	  }
+
+	return dc;
+      }
+
+    default:
+      dc = d_unqualified_name (di);
+      if (d_peek_char (di) == 'I')
+	{
+	  /* This is <template-args>, which means that we just saw
+	     <unscoped-template-name>, which is a substitution
+	     candidate.  */
+	  if (! d_add_substitution (di, dc))
+	    return NULL;
+	  dc = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, dc,
+			    d_template_args (di));
+	}
+      return dc;
+    }
+}
+
+/* <nested-name> ::= N [<CV-qualifiers>] <prefix> <unqualified-name> E
+                 ::= N [<CV-qualifiers>] <template-prefix> <template-args> E
+*/
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_nested_name (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *ret;
+  struct demangle_component **pret;
+
+  if (d_next_char (di) != 'N')
+    return NULL;
+
+  pret = d_cv_qualifiers (di, &ret, 1);
+  if (pret == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  *pret = d_prefix (di);
+  if (*pret == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (d_next_char (di) != 'E')
+    return NULL;
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* <prefix> ::= <prefix> <unqualified-name>
+            ::= <template-prefix> <template-args>
+            ::= <template-param>
+            ::=
+            ::= <substitution>
+
+   <template-prefix> ::= <prefix> <(template) unqualified-name>
+                     ::= <template-param>
+                     ::= <substitution>
+*/
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_prefix (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *ret = NULL;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      char peek;
+      enum demangle_component_type comb_type;
+      struct demangle_component *dc;
+
+      peek = d_peek_char (di);
+      if (peek == '\0')
+	return NULL;
+
+      /* The older code accepts a <local-name> here, but I don't see
+	 that in the grammar.  The older code does not accept a
+	 <template-param> here.  */
+
+      comb_type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME;
+      if (IS_DIGIT (peek)
+	  || IS_LOWER (peek)
+	  || peek == 'C'
+	  || peek == 'D')
+	dc = d_unqualified_name (di);
+      else if (peek == 'S')
+	dc = d_substitution (di, 1);
+      else if (peek == 'I')
+	{
+	  if (ret == NULL)
+	    return NULL;
+	  comb_type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE;
+	  dc = d_template_args (di);
+	}
+      else if (peek == 'T')
+	dc = d_template_param (di);
+      else if (peek == 'E')
+	return ret;
+      else
+	return NULL;
+
+      if (ret == NULL)
+	ret = dc;
+      else
+	ret = d_make_comp (di, comb_type, ret, dc);
+
+      if (peek != 'S' && d_peek_char (di) != 'E')
+	{
+	  if (! d_add_substitution (di, ret))
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* <unqualified-name> ::= <operator-name>
+                      ::= <ctor-dtor-name>
+                      ::= <source-name>
+*/
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_unqualified_name (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  char peek;
+
+  peek = d_peek_char (di);
+  if (IS_DIGIT (peek))
+    return d_source_name (di);
+  else if (IS_LOWER (peek))
+    {
+      struct demangle_component *ret;
+
+      ret = d_operator_name (di);
+      if (ret != NULL && ret->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR)
+	di->expansion += sizeof "operator" + ret->u.s_operator.op->len - 2;
+      return ret;
+    }
+  else if (peek == 'C' || peek == 'D')
+    return d_ctor_dtor_name (di);
+  else
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/* <source-name> ::= <(positive length) number> <identifier>  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_source_name (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  long len;
+  struct demangle_component *ret;
+
+  len = d_number (di);
+  if (len <= 0)
+    return NULL;
+  ret = d_identifier (di, len);
+  di->last_name = ret;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* number ::= [n] <(non-negative decimal integer)>  */
+
+static long
+d_number (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  int negative;
+  char peek;
+  long ret;
+
+  negative = 0;
+  peek = d_peek_char (di);
+  if (peek == 'n')
+    {
+      negative = 1;
+      d_advance (di, 1);
+      peek = d_peek_char (di);
+    }
+
+  ret = 0;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (! IS_DIGIT (peek))
+	{
+	  if (negative)
+	    ret = - ret;
+	  return ret;
+	}
+      ret = ret * 10 + peek - '0';
+      d_advance (di, 1);
+      peek = d_peek_char (di);
+    }
+}
+
+/* identifier ::= <(unqualified source code identifier)>  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_identifier (di, len)
+     struct d_info *di;
+     int len;
+{
+  const char *name;
+
+  name = d_str (di);
+
+  if (di->send - name < len)
+    return NULL;
+
+  d_advance (di, len);
+
+  /* A Java mangled name may have a trailing '$' if it is a C++
+     keyword.  This '$' is not included in the length count.  We just
+     ignore the '$'.  */
+  if ((di->options & DMGL_JAVA) != 0
+      && d_peek_char (di) == '$')
+    d_advance (di, 1);
+
+  /* Look for something which looks like a gcc encoding of an
+     anonymous namespace, and replace it with a more user friendly
+     name.  */
+  if (len >= (int) ANONYMOUS_NAMESPACE_PREFIX_LEN + 2
+      && memcmp (name, ANONYMOUS_NAMESPACE_PREFIX,
+		 ANONYMOUS_NAMESPACE_PREFIX_LEN) == 0)
+    {
+      const char *s;
+
+      s = name + ANONYMOUS_NAMESPACE_PREFIX_LEN;
+      if ((*s == '.' || *s == '_' || *s == '$')
+	  && s[1] == 'N')
+	{
+	  di->expansion -= len - sizeof "(anonymous namespace)";
+	  return d_make_name (di, "(anonymous namespace)",
+			      sizeof "(anonymous namespace)" - 1);
+	}
+    }
+
+  return d_make_name (di, name, len);
+}
+
+/* operator_name ::= many different two character encodings.
+                 ::= cv <type>
+                 ::= v <digit> <source-name>
+*/
+
+#define NL(s) s, (sizeof s) - 1
+
+CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3
+const struct demangle_operator_info cplus_demangle_operators[] =
+{
+  { "aN", NL ("&="),        2 },
+  { "aS", NL ("="),         2 },
+  { "aa", NL ("&&"),        2 },
+  { "ad", NL ("&"),         1 },
+  { "an", NL ("&"),         2 },
+  { "cl", NL ("()"),        0 },
+  { "cm", NL (","),         2 },
+  { "co", NL ("~"),         1 },
+  { "dV", NL ("/="),        2 },
+  { "da", NL ("delete[]"),  1 },
+  { "de", NL ("*"),         1 },
+  { "dl", NL ("delete"),    1 },
+  { "dv", NL ("/"),         2 },
+  { "eO", NL ("^="),        2 },
+  { "eo", NL ("^"),         2 },
+  { "eq", NL ("=="),        2 },
+  { "ge", NL (">="),        2 },
+  { "gt", NL (">"),         2 },
+  { "ix", NL ("[]"),        2 },
+  { "lS", NL ("<<="),       2 },
+  { "le", NL ("<="),        2 },
+  { "ls", NL ("<<"),        2 },
+  { "lt", NL ("<"),         2 },
+  { "mI", NL ("-="),        2 },
+  { "mL", NL ("*="),        2 },
+  { "mi", NL ("-"),         2 },
+  { "ml", NL ("*"),         2 },
+  { "mm", NL ("--"),        1 },
+  { "na", NL ("new[]"),     1 },
+  { "ne", NL ("!="),        2 },
+  { "ng", NL ("-"),         1 },
+  { "nt", NL ("!"),         1 },
+  { "nw", NL ("new"),       1 },
+  { "oR", NL ("|="),        2 },
+  { "oo", NL ("||"),        2 },
+  { "or", NL ("|"),         2 },
+  { "pL", NL ("+="),        2 },
+  { "pl", NL ("+"),         2 },
+  { "pm", NL ("->*"),       2 },
+  { "pp", NL ("++"),        1 },
+  { "ps", NL ("+"),         1 },
+  { "pt", NL ("->"),        2 },
+  { "qu", NL ("?"),         3 },
+  { "rM", NL ("%="),        2 },
+  { "rS", NL (">>="),       2 },
+  { "rm", NL ("%"),         2 },
+  { "rs", NL (">>"),        2 },
+  { "st", NL ("sizeof "),   1 },
+  { "sz", NL ("sizeof "),   1 },
+  { NULL, NULL, 0,          0 }
+};
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_operator_name (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  char c1;
+  char c2;
+
+  c1 = d_next_char (di);
+  c2 = d_next_char (di);
+  if (c1 == 'v' && IS_DIGIT (c2))
+    return d_make_extended_operator (di, c2 - '0', d_source_name (di));
+  else if (c1 == 'c' && c2 == 'v')
+    return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST,
+			cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL);
+  else
+    {
+      /* LOW is the inclusive lower bound.  */
+      int low = 0;
+      /* HIGH is the exclusive upper bound.  We subtract one to ignore
+	 the sentinel at the end of the array.  */
+      int high = ((sizeof (cplus_demangle_operators)
+		   / sizeof (cplus_demangle_operators[0]))
+		  - 1);
+
+      while (1)
+	{
+	  int i;
+	  const struct demangle_operator_info *p;
+
+	  i = low + (high - low) / 2;
+	  p = cplus_demangle_operators + i;
+
+	  if (c1 == p->code[0] && c2 == p->code[1])
+	    return d_make_operator (di, p);
+
+	  if (c1 < p->code[0] || (c1 == p->code[0] && c2 < p->code[1]))
+	    high = i;
+	  else
+	    low = i + 1;
+	  if (low == high)
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* <special-name> ::= TV <type>
+                  ::= TT <type>
+                  ::= TI <type>
+                  ::= TS <type>
+                  ::= GV <(object) name>
+                  ::= T <call-offset> <(base) encoding>
+                  ::= Tc <call-offset> <call-offset> <(base) encoding>
+   Also g++ extensions:
+                  ::= TC <type> <(offset) number> _ <(base) type>
+                  ::= TF <type>
+                  ::= TJ <type>
+                  ::= GR <name>
+*/
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_special_name (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  char c;
+
+  di->expansion += 20;
+  c = d_next_char (di);
+  if (c == 'T')
+    {
+      switch (d_next_char (di))
+	{
+	case 'V':
+	  di->expansion -= 5;
+	  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTABLE,
+			      cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL);
+	case 'T':
+	  di->expansion -= 10;
+	  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTT,
+			      cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL);
+	case 'I':
+	  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO,
+			      cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL);
+	case 'S':
+	  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_NAME,
+			      cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL);
+
+	case 'h':
+	  if (! d_call_offset (di, 'h'))
+	    return NULL;
+	  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THUNK,
+			      d_encoding (di, 0), NULL);
+
+	case 'v':
+	  if (! d_call_offset (di, 'v'))
+	    return NULL;
+	  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VIRTUAL_THUNK,
+			      d_encoding (di, 0), NULL);
+
+	case 'c':
+	  if (! d_call_offset (di, '\0'))
+	    return NULL;
+	  if (! d_call_offset (di, '\0'))
+	    return NULL;
+	  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COVARIANT_THUNK,
+			      d_encoding (di, 0), NULL);
+
+	case 'C':
+	  {
+	    struct demangle_component *derived_type;
+	    long offset;
+	    struct demangle_component *base_type;
+
+	    derived_type = cplus_demangle_type (di);
+	    offset = d_number (di);
+	    if (offset < 0)
+	      return NULL;
+	    if (d_next_char (di) != '_')
+	      return NULL;
+	    base_type = cplus_demangle_type (di);
+	    /* We don't display the offset.  FIXME: We should display
+	       it in verbose mode.  */
+	    di->expansion += 5;
+	    return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONSTRUCTION_VTABLE,
+				base_type, derived_type);
+	  }
+
+	case 'F':
+	  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_FN,
+			      cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL);
+	case 'J':
+	  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_CLASS,
+			      cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL);
+
+	default:
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (c == 'G')
+    {
+      switch (d_next_char (di))
+	{
+	case 'V':
+	  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GUARD, d_name (di), NULL);
+
+	case 'R':
+	  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFTEMP, d_name (di),
+			      NULL);
+
+	default:
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/* <call-offset> ::= h <nv-offset> _
+                 ::= v <v-offset> _
+
+   <nv-offset> ::= <(offset) number>
+
+   <v-offset> ::= <(offset) number> _ <(virtual offset) number>
+
+   The C parameter, if not '\0', is a character we just read which is
+   the start of the <call-offset>.
+
+   We don't display the offset information anywhere.  FIXME: We should
+   display it in verbose mode.  */
+
+static int
+d_call_offset (di, c)
+     struct d_info *di;
+     int c;
+{
+  if (c == '\0')
+    c = d_next_char (di);
+
+  if (c == 'h')
+    d_number (di);
+  else if (c == 'v')
+    {
+      d_number (di);
+      if (d_next_char (di) != '_')
+	return 0;
+      d_number (di);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+
+  if (d_next_char (di) != '_')
+    return 0;
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* <ctor-dtor-name> ::= C1
+                    ::= C2
+                    ::= C3
+                    ::= D0
+                    ::= D1
+                    ::= D2
+*/
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_ctor_dtor_name (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  if (di->last_name != NULL)
+    {
+      if (di->last_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME)
+	di->expansion += di->last_name->u.s_name.len;
+      else if (di->last_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD)
+	di->expansion += di->last_name->u.s_string.len;
+    }
+  switch (d_next_char (di))
+    {
+    case 'C':
+      {
+	enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds kind;
+
+	switch (d_next_char (di))
+	  {
+	  case '1':
+	    kind = gnu_v3_complete_object_ctor;
+	    break;
+	  case '2':
+	    kind = gnu_v3_base_object_ctor;
+	    break;
+	  case '3':
+	    kind = gnu_v3_complete_object_allocating_ctor;
+	    break;
+	  default:
+	    return NULL;
+	  }
+	return d_make_ctor (di, kind, di->last_name);
+      }
+
+    case 'D':
+      {
+	enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds kind;
+
+	switch (d_next_char (di))
+	  {
+	  case '0':
+	    kind = gnu_v3_deleting_dtor;
+	    break;
+	  case '1':
+	    kind = gnu_v3_complete_object_dtor;
+	    break;
+	  case '2':
+	    kind = gnu_v3_base_object_dtor;
+	    break;
+	  default:
+	    return NULL;
+	  }
+	return d_make_dtor (di, kind, di->last_name);
+      }
+
+    default:
+      return NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/* <type> ::= <builtin-type>
+          ::= <function-type>
+          ::= <class-enum-type>
+          ::= <array-type>
+          ::= <pointer-to-member-type>
+          ::= <template-param>
+          ::= <template-template-param> <template-args>
+          ::= <substitution>
+          ::= <CV-qualifiers> <type>
+          ::= P <type>
+          ::= R <type>
+          ::= C <type>
+          ::= G <type>
+          ::= U <source-name> <type>
+
+   <builtin-type> ::= various one letter codes
+                  ::= u <source-name>
+*/
+
+CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3
+const struct demangle_builtin_type_info
+cplus_demangle_builtin_types[D_BUILTIN_TYPE_COUNT] =
+{
+  /* a */ { NL ("signed char"),	NL ("signed char"),	D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
+  /* b */ { NL ("bool"),	NL ("boolean"),		D_PRINT_BOOL },
+  /* c */ { NL ("char"),	NL ("byte"),		D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
+  /* d */ { NL ("double"),	NL ("double"),		D_PRINT_FLOAT },
+  /* e */ { NL ("long double"),	NL ("long double"),	D_PRINT_FLOAT },
+  /* f */ { NL ("float"),	NL ("float"),		D_PRINT_FLOAT },
+  /* g */ { NL ("__float128"),	NL ("__float128"),	D_PRINT_FLOAT },
+  /* h */ { NL ("unsigned char"), NL ("unsigned char"),	D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
+  /* i */ { NL ("int"),		NL ("int"),		D_PRINT_INT },
+  /* j */ { NL ("unsigned int"), NL ("unsigned"),	D_PRINT_UNSIGNED },
+  /* k */ { NULL, 0,		NULL, 0,		D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
+  /* l */ { NL ("long"),	NL ("long"),		D_PRINT_LONG },
+  /* m */ { NL ("unsigned long"), NL ("unsigned long"),	D_PRINT_UNSIGNED_LONG },
+  /* n */ { NL ("__int128"),	NL ("__int128"),	D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
+  /* o */ { NL ("unsigned __int128"), NL ("unsigned __int128"),
+	    D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
+  /* p */ { NULL, 0,		NULL, 0,		D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
+  /* q */ { NULL, 0,		NULL, 0,		D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
+  /* r */ { NULL, 0,		NULL, 0,		D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
+  /* s */ { NL ("short"),	NL ("short"),		D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
+  /* t */ { NL ("unsigned short"), NL ("unsigned short"), D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
+  /* u */ { NULL, 0,		NULL, 0,		D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
+  /* v */ { NL ("void"),	NL ("void"),		D_PRINT_VOID },
+  /* w */ { NL ("wchar_t"),	NL ("char"),		D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
+  /* x */ { NL ("long long"),	NL ("long"),		D_PRINT_LONG_LONG },
+  /* y */ { NL ("unsigned long long"), NL ("unsigned long long"),
+	    D_PRINT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG },
+  /* z */ { NL ("..."),		NL ("..."),		D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
+};
+
+CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3
+struct demangle_component *
+cplus_demangle_type (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  char peek;
+  struct demangle_component *ret;
+  int can_subst;
+
+  /* The ABI specifies that when CV-qualifiers are used, the base type
+     is substitutable, and the fully qualified type is substitutable,
+     but the base type with a strict subset of the CV-qualifiers is
+     not substitutable.  The natural recursive implementation of the
+     CV-qualifiers would cause subsets to be substitutable, so instead
+     we pull them all off now.
+
+     FIXME: The ABI says that order-insensitive vendor qualifiers
+     should be handled in the same way, but we have no way to tell
+     which vendor qualifiers are order-insensitive and which are
+     order-sensitive.  So we just assume that they are all
+     order-sensitive.  g++ 3.4 supports only one vendor qualifier,
+     __vector, and it treats it as order-sensitive when mangling
+     names.  */
+
+  peek = d_peek_char (di);
+  if (peek == 'r' || peek == 'V' || peek == 'K')
+    {
+      struct demangle_component **pret;
+
+      pret = d_cv_qualifiers (di, &ret, 0);
+      if (pret == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+      *pret = cplus_demangle_type (di);
+      if (! d_add_substitution (di, ret))
+	return NULL;
+      return ret;
+    }
+
+  can_subst = 1;
+
+  switch (peek)
+    {
+    case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': case 'g':
+    case 'h': case 'i': case 'j':           case 'l': case 'm': case 'n':
+    case 'o':                               case 's': case 't':
+    case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y': case 'z':
+      ret = d_make_builtin_type (di,
+				 &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[peek - 'a']);
+      di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len;
+      can_subst = 0;
+      d_advance (di, 1);
+      break;
+
+    case 'u':
+      d_advance (di, 1);
+      ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE,
+			 d_source_name (di), NULL);
+      break;
+
+    case 'F':
+      ret = d_function_type (di);
+      break;
+
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+    case 'N':
+    case 'Z':
+      ret = d_class_enum_type (di);
+      break;
+
+    case 'A':
+      ret = d_array_type (di);
+      break;
+
+    case 'M':
+      ret = d_pointer_to_member_type (di);
+      break;
+
+    case 'T':
+      ret = d_template_param (di);
+      if (d_peek_char (di) == 'I')
+	{
+	  /* This is <template-template-param> <template-args>.  The
+	     <template-template-param> part is a substitution
+	     candidate.  */
+	  if (! d_add_substitution (di, ret))
+	    return NULL;
+	  ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, ret,
+			     d_template_args (di));
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case 'S':
+      /* If this is a special substitution, then it is the start of
+	 <class-enum-type>.  */
+      {
+	char peek_next;
+
+	peek_next = d_peek_next_char (di);
+	if (IS_DIGIT (peek_next)
+	    || peek_next == '_'
+	    || IS_UPPER (peek_next))
+	  {
+	    ret = d_substitution (di, 0);
+	    /* The substituted name may have been a template name and
+	       may be followed by tepmlate args.  */
+	    if (d_peek_char (di) == 'I')
+	      ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, ret,
+				 d_template_args (di));
+	    else
+	      can_subst = 0;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    ret = d_class_enum_type (di);
+	    /* If the substitution was a complete type, then it is not
+	       a new substitution candidate.  However, if the
+	       substitution was followed by template arguments, then
+	       the whole thing is a substitution candidate.  */
+	    if (ret != NULL && ret->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD)
+	      can_subst = 0;
+	  }
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case 'P':
+      d_advance (di, 1);
+      ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_POINTER,
+			 cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL);
+      break;
+
+    case 'R':
+      d_advance (di, 1);
+      ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE,
+			 cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL);
+      break;
+
+    case 'C':
+      d_advance (di, 1);
+      ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX,
+			 cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL);
+      break;
+
+    case 'G':
+      d_advance (di, 1);
+      ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY,
+			 cplus_demangle_type (di), NULL);
+      break;
+
+    case 'U':
+      d_advance (di, 1);
+      ret = d_source_name (di);
+      ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL,
+			 cplus_demangle_type (di), ret);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (can_subst)
+    {
+      if (! d_add_substitution (di, ret))
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* <CV-qualifiers> ::= [r] [V] [K]  */
+
+static struct demangle_component **
+d_cv_qualifiers (di, pret, member_fn)
+     struct d_info *di;
+     struct demangle_component **pret;
+     int member_fn;
+{
+  char peek;
+
+  peek = d_peek_char (di);
+  while (peek == 'r' || peek == 'V' || peek == 'K')
+    {
+      enum demangle_component_type t;
+
+      d_advance (di, 1);
+      if (peek == 'r')
+	{
+	  t = (member_fn
+	       ? DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS
+	       : DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT);
+	  di->expansion += sizeof "restrict";
+	}
+      else if (peek == 'V')
+	{
+	  t = (member_fn
+	       ? DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS
+	       : DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE);
+	  di->expansion += sizeof "volatile";
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  t = (member_fn
+	       ? DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS
+	       : DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST);
+	  di->expansion += sizeof "const";
+	}
+
+      *pret = d_make_comp (di, t, NULL, NULL);
+      if (*pret == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+      pret = &d_left (*pret);
+
+      peek = d_peek_char (di);
+    }
+
+  return pret;
+}
+
+/* <function-type> ::= F [Y] <bare-function-type> E  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_function_type (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *ret;
+
+  if (d_next_char (di) != 'F')
+    return NULL;
+  if (d_peek_char (di) == 'Y')
+    {
+      /* Function has C linkage.  We don't print this information.
+	 FIXME: We should print it in verbose mode.  */
+      d_advance (di, 1);
+    }
+  ret = d_bare_function_type (di, 1);
+  if (d_next_char (di) != 'E')
+    return NULL;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* <bare-function-type> ::= <type>+  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_bare_function_type (di, has_return_type)
+     struct d_info *di;
+     int has_return_type;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *return_type;
+  struct demangle_component *tl;
+  struct demangle_component **ptl;
+
+  return_type = NULL;
+  tl = NULL;
+  ptl = &tl;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      char peek;
+      struct demangle_component *type;
+
+      peek = d_peek_char (di);
+      if (peek == '\0' || peek == 'E')
+	break;
+      type = cplus_demangle_type (di);
+      if (type == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+      if (has_return_type)
+	{
+	  return_type = type;
+	  has_return_type = 0;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  *ptl = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST, type, NULL);
+	  if (*ptl == NULL)
+	    return NULL;
+	  ptl = &d_right (*ptl);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* There should be at least one parameter type besides the optional
+     return type.  A function which takes no arguments will have a
+     single parameter type void.  */
+  if (tl == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* If we have a single parameter type void, omit it.  */
+  if (d_right (tl) == NULL
+      && d_left (tl)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE
+      && d_left (tl)->u.s_builtin.type->print == D_PRINT_VOID)
+    {
+      di->expansion -= d_left (tl)->u.s_builtin.type->len;
+      tl = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE, return_type, tl);
+}
+
+/* <class-enum-type> ::= <name>  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_class_enum_type (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  return d_name (di);
+}
+
+/* <array-type> ::= A <(positive dimension) number> _ <(element) type>
+                ::= A [<(dimension) expression>] _ <(element) type>
+*/
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_array_type (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  char peek;
+  struct demangle_component *dim;
+
+  if (d_next_char (di) != 'A')
+    return NULL;
+
+  peek = d_peek_char (di);
+  if (peek == '_')
+    dim = NULL;
+  else if (IS_DIGIT (peek))
+    {
+      const char *s;
+
+      s = d_str (di);
+      do
+	{
+	  d_advance (di, 1);
+	  peek = d_peek_char (di);
+	}
+      while (IS_DIGIT (peek));
+      dim = d_make_name (di, s, d_str (di) - s);
+      if (dim == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      dim = d_expression (di);
+      if (dim == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (d_next_char (di) != '_')
+    return NULL;
+
+  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARRAY_TYPE, dim,
+		      cplus_demangle_type (di));
+}
+
+/* <pointer-to-member-type> ::= M <(class) type> <(member) type>  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_pointer_to_member_type (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *cl;
+  struct demangle_component *mem;
+  struct demangle_component **pmem;
+
+  if (d_next_char (di) != 'M')
+    return NULL;
+
+  cl = cplus_demangle_type (di);
+
+  /* The ABI specifies that any type can be a substitution source, and
+     that M is followed by two types, and that when a CV-qualified
+     type is seen both the base type and the CV-qualified types are
+     substitution sources.  The ABI also specifies that for a pointer
+     to a CV-qualified member function, the qualifiers are attached to
+     the second type.  Given the grammar, a plain reading of the ABI
+     suggests that both the CV-qualified member function and the
+     non-qualified member function are substitution sources.  However,
+     g++ does not work that way.  g++ treats only the CV-qualified
+     member function as a substitution source.  FIXME.  So to work
+     with g++, we need to pull off the CV-qualifiers here, in order to
+     avoid calling add_substitution() in cplus_demangle_type().  */
+
+  pmem = d_cv_qualifiers (di, &mem, 1);
+  if (pmem == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  *pmem = cplus_demangle_type (di);
+
+  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE, cl, mem);
+}
+
+/* <template-param> ::= T_
+                    ::= T <(parameter-2 non-negative) number> _
+*/
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_template_param (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  long param;
+
+  if (d_next_char (di) != 'T')
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (d_peek_char (di) == '_')
+    param = 0;
+  else
+    {
+      param = d_number (di);
+      if (param < 0)
+	return NULL;
+      param += 1;
+    }
+
+  if (d_next_char (di) != '_')
+    return NULL;
+
+  ++di->did_subs;
+
+  return d_make_template_param (di, param);
+}
+
+/* <template-args> ::= I <template-arg>+ E  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_template_args (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *hold_last_name;
+  struct demangle_component *al;
+  struct demangle_component **pal;
+
+  /* Preserve the last name we saw--don't let the template arguments
+     clobber it, as that would give us the wrong name for a subsequent
+     constructor or destructor.  */
+  hold_last_name = di->last_name;
+
+  if (d_next_char (di) != 'I')
+    return NULL;
+
+  al = NULL;
+  pal = &al;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      struct demangle_component *a;
+
+      a = d_template_arg (di);
+      if (a == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+      *pal = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST, a, NULL);
+      if (*pal == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+      pal = &d_right (*pal);
+
+      if (d_peek_char (di) == 'E')
+	{
+	  d_advance (di, 1);
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  di->last_name = hold_last_name;
+
+  return al;
+}
+
+/* <template-arg> ::= <type>
+                  ::= X <expression> E
+                  ::= <expr-primary>
+*/
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_template_arg (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *ret;
+
+  switch (d_peek_char (di))
+    {
+    case 'X':
+      d_advance (di, 1);
+      ret = d_expression (di);
+      if (d_next_char (di) != 'E')
+	return NULL;
+      return ret;
+
+    case 'L':
+      return d_expr_primary (di);
+
+    default:
+      return cplus_demangle_type (di);
+    }
+}
+
+/* <expression> ::= <(unary) operator-name> <expression>
+                ::= <(binary) operator-name> <expression> <expression>
+                ::= <(trinary) operator-name> <expression> <expression> <expression>
+                ::= st <type>
+                ::= <template-param>
+                ::= sr <type> <unqualified-name>
+                ::= sr <type> <unqualified-name> <template-args>
+                ::= <expr-primary>
+*/
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_expression (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  char peek;
+
+  peek = d_peek_char (di);
+  if (peek == 'L')
+    return d_expr_primary (di);
+  else if (peek == 'T')
+    return d_template_param (di);
+  else if (peek == 's' && d_peek_next_char (di) == 'r')
+    {
+      struct demangle_component *type;
+      struct demangle_component *name;
+
+      d_advance (di, 2);
+      type = cplus_demangle_type (di);
+      name = d_unqualified_name (di);
+      if (d_peek_char (di) != 'I')
+	return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME, type, name);
+      else
+	return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME, type,
+			    d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, name,
+					 d_template_args (di)));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      struct demangle_component *op;
+      int args;
+
+      op = d_operator_name (di);
+      if (op == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+      if (op->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR)
+	di->expansion += op->u.s_operator.op->len - 2;
+
+      if (op->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR
+	  && strcmp (op->u.s_operator.op->code, "st") == 0)
+	return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY, op,
+			    cplus_demangle_type (di));
+
+      switch (op->type)
+	{
+	default:
+	  return NULL;
+	case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR:
+	  args = op->u.s_operator.op->args;
+	  break;
+	case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR:
+	  args = op->u.s_extended_operator.args;
+	  break;
+	case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST:
+	  args = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      switch (args)
+	{
+	case 1:
+	  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY, op,
+			      d_expression (di));
+	case 2:
+	  {
+	    struct demangle_component *left;
+
+	    left = d_expression (di);
+	    return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY, op,
+				d_make_comp (di,
+					     DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS,
+					     left,
+					     d_expression (di)));
+	  }
+	case 3:
+	  {
+	    struct demangle_component *first;
+	    struct demangle_component *second;
+
+	    first = d_expression (di);
+	    second = d_expression (di);
+	    return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY, op,
+				d_make_comp (di,
+					     DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG1,
+					     first,
+					     d_make_comp (di,
+							  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2,
+							  second,
+							  d_expression (di))));
+	  }
+	default:
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* <expr-primary> ::= L <type> <(value) number> E
+                  ::= L <type> <(value) float> E
+                  ::= L <mangled-name> E
+*/
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_expr_primary (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *ret;
+
+  if (d_next_char (di) != 'L')
+    return NULL;
+  if (d_peek_char (di) == '_')
+    ret = cplus_demangle_mangled_name (di, 0);
+  else
+    {
+      struct demangle_component *type;
+      enum demangle_component_type t;
+      const char *s;
+
+      type = cplus_demangle_type (di);
+      if (type == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+      /* If we have a type we know how to print, we aren't going to
+	 print the type name itself.  */
+      if (type->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE
+	  && type->u.s_builtin.type->print != D_PRINT_DEFAULT)
+	di->expansion -= type->u.s_builtin.type->len;
+
+      /* Rather than try to interpret the literal value, we just
+	 collect it as a string.  Note that it's possible to have a
+	 floating point literal here.  The ABI specifies that the
+	 format of such literals is machine independent.  That's fine,
+	 but what's not fine is that versions of g++ up to 3.2 with
+	 -fabi-version=1 used upper case letters in the hex constant,
+	 and dumped out gcc's internal representation.  That makes it
+	 hard to tell where the constant ends, and hard to dump the
+	 constant in any readable form anyhow.  We don't attempt to
+	 handle these cases.  */
+
+      t = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL;
+      if (d_peek_char (di) == 'n')
+	{
+	  t = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG;
+	  d_advance (di, 1);
+	}
+      s = d_str (di);
+      while (d_peek_char (di) != 'E')
+	d_advance (di, 1);
+      ret = d_make_comp (di, t, type, d_make_name (di, s, d_str (di) - s));
+    }
+  if (d_next_char (di) != 'E')
+    return NULL;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* <local-name> ::= Z <(function) encoding> E <(entity) name> [<discriminator>]
+                ::= Z <(function) encoding> E s [<discriminator>]
+*/
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_local_name (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  struct demangle_component *function;
+
+  if (d_next_char (di) != 'Z')
+    return NULL;
+
+  function = d_encoding (di, 0);
+
+  if (d_next_char (di) != 'E')
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (d_peek_char (di) == 's')
+    {
+      d_advance (di, 1);
+      if (! d_discriminator (di))
+	return NULL;
+      return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, function,
+			  d_make_name (di, "string literal",
+				       sizeof "string literal" - 1));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      struct demangle_component *name;
+
+      name = d_name (di);
+      if (! d_discriminator (di))
+	return NULL;
+      return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, function, name);
+    }
+}
+
+/* <discriminator> ::= _ <(non-negative) number>
+
+   We demangle the discriminator, but we don't print it out.  FIXME:
+   We should print it out in verbose mode.  */
+
+static int
+d_discriminator (di)
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  long discrim;
+
+  if (d_peek_char (di) != '_')
+    return 1;
+  d_advance (di, 1);
+  discrim = d_number (di);
+  if (discrim < 0)
+    return 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Add a new substitution.  */
+
+static int
+d_add_substitution (di, dc)
+     struct d_info *di;
+     struct demangle_component *dc;
+{
+  if (dc == NULL)
+    return 0;
+  if (di->next_sub >= di->num_subs)
+    return 0;
+  di->subs[di->next_sub] = dc;
+  ++di->next_sub;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* <substitution> ::= S <seq-id> _
+                  ::= S_
+                  ::= St
+                  ::= Sa
+                  ::= Sb
+                  ::= Ss
+                  ::= Si
+                  ::= So
+                  ::= Sd
+
+   If PREFIX is non-zero, then this type is being used as a prefix in
+   a qualified name.  In this case, for the standard substitutions, we
+   need to check whether we are being used as a prefix for a
+   constructor or destructor, and return a full template name.
+   Otherwise we will get something like std::iostream::~iostream()
+   which does not correspond particularly well to any function which
+   actually appears in the source.
+*/
+
+static const struct d_standard_sub_info standard_subs[] =
+{
+  { 't', NL ("std"),
+    NL ("std"),
+    NULL, 0 },
+  { 'a', NL ("std::allocator"),
+    NL ("std::allocator"),
+    NL ("allocator") },
+  { 'b', NL ("std::basic_string"),
+    NL ("std::basic_string"),
+    NL ("basic_string") },
+  { 's', NL ("std::string"),
+    NL ("std::basic_string<char, std::char_traits<char>, std::allocator<char> >"),
+    NL ("basic_string") },
+  { 'i', NL ("std::istream"),
+    NL ("std::basic_istream<char, std::char_traits<char> >"),
+    NL ("basic_istream") },
+  { 'o', NL ("std::ostream"),
+    NL ("std::basic_ostream<char, std::char_traits<char> >"),
+    NL ("basic_ostream") },
+  { 'd', NL ("std::iostream"),
+    NL ("std::basic_iostream<char, std::char_traits<char> >"),
+    NL ("basic_iostream") }
+};
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_substitution (di, prefix)
+     struct d_info *di;
+     int prefix;
+{
+  char c;
+
+  if (d_next_char (di) != 'S')
+    return NULL;
+
+  c = d_next_char (di);
+  if (c == '_' || IS_DIGIT (c) || IS_UPPER (c))
+    {
+      int id;
+
+      id = 0;
+      if (c != '_')
+	{
+	  do
+	    {
+	      if (IS_DIGIT (c))
+		id = id * 36 + c - '0';
+	      else if (IS_UPPER (c))
+		id = id * 36 + c - 'A' + 10;
+	      else
+		return NULL;
+	      c = d_next_char (di);
+	    }
+	  while (c != '_');
+
+	  ++id;
+	}
+
+      if (id >= di->next_sub)
+	return NULL;
+
+      ++di->did_subs;
+
+      return di->subs[id];
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int verbose;
+      const struct d_standard_sub_info *p;
+      const struct d_standard_sub_info *pend;
+
+      verbose = (di->options & DMGL_VERBOSE) != 0;
+      if (! verbose && prefix)
+	{
+	  char peek;
+
+	  peek = d_peek_char (di);
+	  if (peek == 'C' || peek == 'D')
+	    verbose = 1;
+	}
+
+      pend = (&standard_subs[0]
+	      + sizeof standard_subs / sizeof standard_subs[0]);
+      for (p = &standard_subs[0]; p < pend; ++p)
+	{
+	  if (c == p->code)
+	    {
+	      const char *s;
+	      int len;
+
+	      if (p->set_last_name != NULL)
+		di->last_name = d_make_sub (di, p->set_last_name,
+					    p->set_last_name_len);
+	      if (verbose)
+		{
+		  s = p->full_expansion;
+		  len = p->full_len;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  s = p->simple_expansion;
+		  len = p->simple_len;
+		}
+	      di->expansion += len;
+	      return d_make_sub (di, s, len);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      return NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Resize the print buffer.  */
+
+static void
+d_print_resize (dpi, add)
+     struct d_print_info *dpi;
+     size_t add;
+{
+  size_t need;
+
+  if (dpi->buf == NULL)
+    return;
+  need = dpi->len + add;
+  while (need > dpi->alc)
+    {
+      size_t newalc;
+      char *newbuf;
+
+      newalc = dpi->alc * 2;
+      newbuf = realloc (dpi->buf, newalc);
+      if (newbuf == NULL)
+	{
+	  free (dpi->buf);
+	  dpi->buf = NULL;
+	  dpi->allocation_failure = 1;
+	  return;
+	}
+      dpi->buf = newbuf;
+      dpi->alc = newalc;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Append a character to the print buffer.  */
+
+static void
+d_print_append_char (dpi, c)
+     struct d_print_info *dpi;
+     int c;
+{
+  if (dpi->buf != NULL)
+    {
+      if (dpi->len >= dpi->alc)
+	{
+	  d_print_resize (dpi, 1);
+	  if (dpi->buf == NULL)
+	    return;
+	}
+
+      dpi->buf[dpi->len] = c;
+      ++dpi->len;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Append a buffer to the print buffer.  */
+
+static void
+d_print_append_buffer (dpi, s, l)
+     struct d_print_info *dpi;
+     const char *s;
+     size_t l;
+{
+  if (dpi->buf != NULL)
+    {
+      if (dpi->len + l > dpi->alc)
+	{
+	  d_print_resize (dpi, l);
+	  if (dpi->buf == NULL)
+	    return;
+	}
+
+      memcpy (dpi->buf + dpi->len, s, l);
+      dpi->len += l;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Indicate that an error occurred during printing.  */
+
+static void
+d_print_error (dpi)
+     struct d_print_info *dpi;
+{
+  free (dpi->buf);
+  dpi->buf = NULL;
+}
+
+/* Turn components into a human readable string.  OPTIONS is the
+   options bits passed to the demangler.  DC is the tree to print.
+   ESTIMATE is a guess at the length of the result.  This returns a
+   string allocated by malloc, or NULL on error.  On success, this
+   sets *PALC to the size of the allocated buffer.  On failure, this
+   sets *PALC to 0 for a bad parse, or to 1 for a memory allocation
+   failure.  */
+
+CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3
+char *
+cplus_demangle_print (options, dc, estimate, palc)
+     int options;
+     const struct demangle_component *dc;
+     int estimate;
+     size_t *palc;
+{
+  struct d_print_info dpi;
+
+  dpi.options = options;
+
+  dpi.alc = estimate + 1;
+  dpi.buf = malloc (dpi.alc);
+  if (dpi.buf == NULL)
+    {
+      *palc = 1;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  dpi.len = 0;
+  dpi.templates = NULL;
+  dpi.modifiers = NULL;
+
+  dpi.allocation_failure = 0;
+
+  d_print_comp (&dpi, dc);
+
+  d_append_char (&dpi, '\0');
+
+  if (dpi.buf != NULL)
+    *palc = dpi.alc;
+  else
+    *palc = dpi.allocation_failure;
+
+  return dpi.buf;
+}
+
+/* Subroutine to handle components.  */
+
+static void
+d_print_comp (dpi, dc)
+     struct d_print_info *dpi;
+     const struct demangle_component *dc;
+{
+  if (dc == NULL)
+    {
+      d_print_error (dpi);
+      return;
+    }
+  if (d_print_saw_error (dpi))
+    return;
+
+  switch (dc->type)
+    {
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME:
+      if ((dpi->options & DMGL_JAVA) == 0)
+	d_append_buffer (dpi, dc->u.s_name.s, dc->u.s_name.len);
+      else
+	d_print_java_identifier (dpi, dc->u.s_name.s, dc->u.s_name.len);
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME:
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      if ((dpi->options & DMGL_JAVA) == 0)
+	d_append_string_constant (dpi, "::");
+      else
+	d_append_char (dpi, '.');
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_right (dc));
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME:
+      {
+	struct d_print_mod *hold_modifiers;
+	struct demangle_component *typed_name;
+	struct d_print_mod adpm[4];
+	unsigned int i;
+	struct d_print_template dpt;
+
+	/* Pass the name down to the type so that it can be printed in
+	   the right place for the type.  We also have to pass down
+	   any CV-qualifiers, which apply to the this parameter.  */
+	hold_modifiers = dpi->modifiers;
+	i = 0;
+	typed_name = d_left (dc);
+	while (typed_name != NULL)
+	  {
+	    if (i >= sizeof adpm / sizeof adpm[0])
+	      {
+		d_print_error (dpi);
+		return;
+	      }
+
+	    adpm[i].next = dpi->modifiers;
+	    dpi->modifiers = &adpm[i];
+	    adpm[i].mod = typed_name;
+	    adpm[i].printed = 0;
+	    adpm[i].templates = dpi->templates;
+	    ++i;
+
+	    if (typed_name->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS
+		&& typed_name->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS
+		&& typed_name->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS)
+	      break;
+
+	    typed_name = d_left (typed_name);
+	  }
+
+	/* If typed_name is a template, then it applies to the
+	   function type as well.  */
+	if (typed_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE)
+	  {
+	    dpt.next = dpi->templates;
+	    dpi->templates = &dpt;
+	    dpt.template = typed_name;
+	  }
+
+	/* If typed_name is a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, then
+	   there may be CV-qualifiers on its right argument which
+	   really apply here; this happens when parsing a class which
+	   is local to a function.  */
+	if (typed_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME)
+	  {
+	    struct demangle_component *local_name;
+
+	    local_name = d_right (typed_name);
+	    while (local_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS
+		   || local_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS
+		   || local_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS)
+	      {
+		if (i >= sizeof adpm / sizeof adpm[0])
+		  {
+		    d_print_error (dpi);
+		    return;
+		  }
+
+		adpm[i] = adpm[i - 1];
+		adpm[i].next = &adpm[i - 1];
+		dpi->modifiers = &adpm[i];
+
+		adpm[i - 1].mod = local_name;
+		adpm[i - 1].printed = 0;
+		adpm[i - 1].templates = dpi->templates;
+		++i;
+
+		local_name = d_left (local_name);
+	      }
+	  }
+
+	d_print_comp (dpi, d_right (dc));
+
+	if (typed_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE)
+	  dpi->templates = dpt.next;
+
+	/* If the modifiers didn't get printed by the type, print them
+	   now.  */
+	while (i > 0)
+	  {
+	    --i;
+	    if (! adpm[i].printed)
+	      {
+		d_append_char (dpi, ' ');
+		d_print_mod (dpi, adpm[i].mod);
+	      }
+	  }
+
+	dpi->modifiers = hold_modifiers;
+
+	return;
+      }
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE:
+      {
+	struct d_print_mod *hold_dpm;
+
+	/* Don't push modifiers into a template definition.  Doing so
+	   could give the wrong definition for a template argument.
+	   Instead, treat the template essentially as a name.  */
+
+	hold_dpm = dpi->modifiers;
+	dpi->modifiers = NULL;
+
+	d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+	if (d_last_char (dpi) == '<')
+	  d_append_char (dpi, ' ');
+	d_append_char (dpi, '<');
+	d_print_comp (dpi, d_right (dc));
+	/* Avoid generating two consecutive '>' characters, to avoid
+	   the C++ syntactic ambiguity.  */
+	if (d_last_char (dpi) == '>')
+	  d_append_char (dpi, ' ');
+	d_append_char (dpi, '>');
+
+	dpi->modifiers = hold_dpm;
+
+	return;
+      }
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM:
+      {
+	long i;
+	struct demangle_component *a;
+	struct d_print_template *hold_dpt;
+
+	if (dpi->templates == NULL)
+	  {
+	    d_print_error (dpi);
+	    return;
+	  }
+	i = dc->u.s_number.number;
+	for (a = d_right (dpi->templates->template);
+	     a != NULL;
+	     a = d_right (a))
+	  {
+	    if (a->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST)
+	      {
+		d_print_error (dpi);
+		return;
+	      }
+	    if (i <= 0)
+	      break;
+	    --i;
+	  }
+	if (i != 0 || a == NULL)
+	  {
+	    d_print_error (dpi);
+	    return;
+	  }
+
+	/* While processing this parameter, we need to pop the list of
+	   templates.  This is because the template parameter may
+	   itself be a reference to a parameter of an outer
+	   template.  */
+
+	hold_dpt = dpi->templates;
+	dpi->templates = hold_dpt->next;
+
+	d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (a));
+
+	dpi->templates = hold_dpt;
+
+	return;
+      }
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR:
+      d_print_comp (dpi, dc->u.s_ctor.name);
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR:
+      d_append_char (dpi, '~');
+      d_print_comp (dpi, dc->u.s_dtor.name);
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTABLE:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, "vtable for ");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTT:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, "VTT for ");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONSTRUCTION_VTABLE:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, "construction vtable for ");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, "-in-");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_right (dc));
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, "typeinfo for ");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_NAME:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, "typeinfo name for ");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPEINFO_FN:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, "typeinfo fn for ");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THUNK:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, "non-virtual thunk to ");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VIRTUAL_THUNK:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, "virtual thunk to ");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COVARIANT_THUNK:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, "covariant return thunk to ");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_CLASS:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, "java Class for ");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GUARD:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, "guard variable for ");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFTEMP:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, "reference temporary for ");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD:
+      d_append_buffer (dpi, dc->u.s_string.string, dc->u.s_string.len);
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST:
+      {
+	struct d_print_mod *pdpm;
+
+	/* When printing arrays, it's possible to have cases where the
+	   same CV-qualifier gets pushed on the stack multiple times.
+	   We only need to print it once.  */
+
+	for (pdpm = dpi->modifiers; pdpm != NULL; pdpm = pdpm->next)
+	  {
+	    if (! pdpm->printed)
+	      {
+		if (pdpm->mod->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT
+		    && pdpm->mod->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE
+		    && pdpm->mod->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST)
+		  break;
+		if (pdpm->mod->type == dc->type)
+		  {
+		    d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+		    return;
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }
+      }
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_POINTER:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY:
+      {
+	/* We keep a list of modifiers on the stack.  */
+	struct d_print_mod dpm;
+
+	dpm.next = dpi->modifiers;
+	dpi->modifiers = &dpm;
+	dpm.mod = dc;
+	dpm.printed = 0;
+	dpm.templates = dpi->templates;
+
+	d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+
+	/* If the modifier didn't get printed by the type, print it
+	   now.  */
+	if (! dpm.printed)
+	  d_print_mod (dpi, dc);
+
+	dpi->modifiers = dpm.next;
+
+	return;
+      }
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE:
+      if ((dpi->options & DMGL_JAVA) == 0)
+	d_append_buffer (dpi, dc->u.s_builtin.type->name,
+			 dc->u.s_builtin.type->len);
+      else
+	d_append_buffer (dpi, dc->u.s_builtin.type->java_name,
+			 dc->u.s_builtin.type->java_len);
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE:
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE:
+      {
+	if (d_left (dc) != NULL)
+	  {
+	    struct d_print_mod dpm;
+
+	    /* We must pass this type down as a modifier in order to
+	       print it in the right location.  */
+
+	    dpm.next = dpi->modifiers;
+	    dpi->modifiers = &dpm;
+	    dpm.mod = dc;
+	    dpm.printed = 0;
+	    dpm.templates = dpi->templates;
+
+	    d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+
+	    dpi->modifiers = dpm.next;
+
+	    if (dpm.printed)
+	      return;
+
+	    d_append_char (dpi, ' ');
+	  }
+
+	d_print_function_type (dpi, dc, dpi->modifiers);
+
+	return;
+      }
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARRAY_TYPE:
+      {
+	struct d_print_mod *hold_modifiers;
+	struct d_print_mod adpm[4];
+	unsigned int i;
+	struct d_print_mod *pdpm;
+
+	/* We must pass this type down as a modifier in order to print
+	   multi-dimensional arrays correctly.  If the array itself is
+	   CV-qualified, we act as though the element type were
+	   CV-qualified.  We do this by copying the modifiers down
+	   rather than fiddling pointers, so that we don't wind up
+	   with a d_print_mod higher on the stack pointing into our
+	   stack frame after we return.  */
+
+	hold_modifiers = dpi->modifiers;
+
+	adpm[0].next = hold_modifiers;
+	dpi->modifiers = &adpm[0];
+	adpm[0].mod = dc;
+	adpm[0].printed = 0;
+	adpm[0].templates = dpi->templates;
+
+	i = 1;
+	pdpm = hold_modifiers;
+	while (pdpm != NULL
+	       && (pdpm->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT
+		   || pdpm->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE
+		   || pdpm->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST))
+	  {
+	    if (! pdpm->printed)
+	      {
+		if (i >= sizeof adpm / sizeof adpm[0])
+		  {
+		    d_print_error (dpi);
+		    return;
+		  }
+
+		adpm[i] = *pdpm;
+		adpm[i].next = dpi->modifiers;
+		dpi->modifiers = &adpm[i];
+		pdpm->printed = 1;
+		++i;
+	      }
+
+	    pdpm = pdpm->next;
+	  }
+
+	d_print_comp (dpi, d_right (dc));
+
+	dpi->modifiers = hold_modifiers;
+
+	if (adpm[0].printed)
+	  return;
+
+	while (i > 1)
+	  {
+	    --i;
+	    d_print_mod (dpi, adpm[i].mod);
+	  }
+
+	d_print_array_type (dpi, dc, dpi->modifiers);
+
+	return;
+      }
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE:
+      {
+	struct d_print_mod dpm;
+
+	dpm.next = dpi->modifiers;
+	dpi->modifiers = &dpm;
+	dpm.mod = dc;
+	dpm.printed = 0;
+	dpm.templates = dpi->templates;
+
+	d_print_comp (dpi, d_right (dc));
+
+	/* If the modifier didn't get printed by the type, print it
+	   now.  */
+	if (! dpm.printed)
+	  {
+	    d_append_char (dpi, ' ');
+	    d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+	    d_append_string_constant (dpi, "::*");
+	  }
+
+	dpi->modifiers = dpm.next;
+
+	return;
+      }
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST:
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      if (d_right (dc) != NULL)
+	{
+	  d_append_string_constant (dpi, ", ");
+	  d_print_comp (dpi, d_right (dc));
+	}
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR:
+      {
+	char c;
+
+	d_append_string_constant (dpi, "operator");
+	c = dc->u.s_operator.op->name[0];
+	if (IS_LOWER (c))
+	  d_append_char (dpi, ' ');
+	d_append_buffer (dpi, dc->u.s_operator.op->name,
+			 dc->u.s_operator.op->len);
+	return;
+      }
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, "operator ");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, dc->u.s_extended_operator.name);
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, "operator ");
+      d_print_cast (dpi, dc);
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY:
+      if (d_left (dc)->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST)
+	d_print_expr_op (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      else
+	{
+	  d_append_char (dpi, '(');
+	  d_print_cast (dpi, d_left (dc));
+	  d_append_char (dpi, ')');
+	}
+      d_append_char (dpi, '(');
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_right (dc));
+      d_append_char (dpi, ')');
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY:
+      if (d_right (dc)->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS)
+	{
+	  d_print_error (dpi);
+	  return;
+	}
+
+      /* We wrap an expression which uses the greater-than operator in
+	 an extra layer of parens so that it does not get confused
+	 with the '>' which ends the template parameters.  */
+      if (d_left (dc)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR
+	  && d_left (dc)->u.s_operator.op->len == 1
+	  && d_left (dc)->u.s_operator.op->name[0] == '>')
+	d_append_char (dpi, '(');
+
+      d_append_char (dpi, '(');
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (d_right (dc)));
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, ") ");
+      d_print_expr_op (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, " (");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_right (d_right (dc)));
+      d_append_char (dpi, ')');
+
+      if (d_left (dc)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR
+	  && d_left (dc)->u.s_operator.op->len == 1
+	  && d_left (dc)->u.s_operator.op->name[0] == '>')
+	d_append_char (dpi, ')');
+
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS:
+      /* We should only see this as part of DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY.  */
+      d_print_error (dpi);
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY:
+      if (d_right (dc)->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG1
+	  || d_right (d_right (dc))->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2)
+	{
+	  d_print_error (dpi);
+	  return;
+	}
+      d_append_char (dpi, '(');
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (d_right (dc)));
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, ") ");
+      d_print_expr_op (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, " (");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (d_right (d_right (dc))));
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, ") : (");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_right (d_right (d_right (dc))));
+      d_append_char (dpi, ')');
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG1:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2:
+      /* We should only see these are part of DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY.  */
+      d_print_error (dpi);
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG:
+      {
+	enum d_builtin_type_print tp;
+
+	/* For some builtin types, produce simpler output.  */
+	tp = D_PRINT_DEFAULT;
+	if (d_left (dc)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE)
+	  {
+	    tp = d_left (dc)->u.s_builtin.type->print;
+	    switch (tp)
+	      {
+	      case D_PRINT_INT:
+	      case D_PRINT_UNSIGNED:
+	      case D_PRINT_LONG:
+	      case D_PRINT_UNSIGNED_LONG:
+	      case D_PRINT_LONG_LONG:
+	      case D_PRINT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG:
+		if (d_right (dc)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME)
+		  {
+		    if (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG)
+		      d_append_char (dpi, '-');
+		    d_print_comp (dpi, d_right (dc));
+		    switch (tp)
+		      {
+		      default:
+			break;
+		      case D_PRINT_UNSIGNED:
+			d_append_char (dpi, 'u');
+			break;
+		      case D_PRINT_LONG:
+			d_append_char (dpi, 'l');
+			break;
+		      case D_PRINT_UNSIGNED_LONG:
+			d_append_string_constant (dpi, "ul");
+			break;
+		      case D_PRINT_LONG_LONG:
+			d_append_string_constant (dpi, "ll");
+			break;
+		      case D_PRINT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG:
+			d_append_string_constant (dpi, "ull");
+			break;
+		      }
+		    return;
+		  }
+		break;
+
+	      case D_PRINT_BOOL:
+		if (d_right (dc)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME
+		    && d_right (dc)->u.s_name.len == 1
+		    && dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL)
+		  {
+		    switch (d_right (dc)->u.s_name.s[0])
+		      {
+		      case '0':
+			d_append_string_constant (dpi, "false");
+			return;
+		      case '1':
+			d_append_string_constant (dpi, "true");
+			return;
+		      default:
+			break;
+		      }
+		  }
+		break;
+
+	      default:
+		break;
+	      }
+	  }
+
+	d_append_char (dpi, '(');
+	d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+	d_append_char (dpi, ')');
+	if (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG)
+	  d_append_char (dpi, '-');
+	if (tp == D_PRINT_FLOAT)
+	  d_append_char (dpi, '[');
+	d_print_comp (dpi, d_right (dc));
+	if (tp == D_PRINT_FLOAT)
+	  d_append_char (dpi, ']');
+      }
+      return;
+
+    default:
+      d_print_error (dpi);
+      return;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Print a Java dentifier.  For Java we try to handle encoded extended
+   Unicode characters.  The C++ ABI doesn't mention Unicode encoding,
+   so we don't it for C++.  Characters are encoded as
+   __U<hex-char>+_.  */
+
+static void
+d_print_java_identifier (dpi, name, len)
+     struct d_print_info *dpi;
+     const char *name;
+     int len;
+{
+  const char *p;
+  const char *end;
+
+  end = name + len;
+  for (p = name; p < end; ++p)
+    {
+      if (end - p > 3
+	  && p[0] == '_'
+	  && p[1] == '_'
+	  && p[2] == 'U')
+	{
+	  unsigned long c;
+	  const char *q;
+
+	  c = 0;
+	  for (q = p + 3; q < end; ++q)
+	    {
+	      int dig;
+
+	      if (IS_DIGIT (*q))
+		dig = *q - '0';
+	      else if (*q >= 'A' && *q <= 'F')
+		dig = *q - 'A' + 10;
+	      else if (*q >= 'a' && *q <= 'f')
+		dig = *q - 'a' + 10;
+	      else
+		break;
+
+	      c = c * 16 + dig;
+	    }
+	  /* If the Unicode character is larger than 256, we don't try
+	     to deal with it here.  FIXME.  */
+	  if (q < end && *q == '_' && c < 256)
+	    {
+	      d_append_char (dpi, c);
+	      p = q;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      d_append_char (dpi, *p);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Print a list of modifiers.  SUFFIX is 1 if we are printing
+   qualifiers on this after printing a function.  */
+
+static void
+d_print_mod_list (dpi, mods, suffix)
+     struct d_print_info *dpi;
+     struct d_print_mod *mods;
+     int suffix;
+{
+  struct d_print_template *hold_dpt;
+
+  if (mods == NULL || d_print_saw_error (dpi))
+    return;
+
+  if (mods->printed
+      || (! suffix
+	  && (mods->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS
+	      || mods->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS
+	      || mods->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS)))
+    {
+      d_print_mod_list (dpi, mods->next, suffix);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  mods->printed = 1;
+
+  hold_dpt = dpi->templates;
+  dpi->templates = mods->templates;
+
+  if (mods->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE)
+    {
+      d_print_function_type (dpi, mods->mod, mods->next);
+      dpi->templates = hold_dpt;
+      return;
+    }
+  else if (mods->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARRAY_TYPE)
+    {
+      d_print_array_type (dpi, mods->mod, mods->next);
+      dpi->templates = hold_dpt;
+      return;
+    }
+  else if (mods->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME)
+    {
+      struct d_print_mod *hold_modifiers;
+      struct demangle_component *dc;
+
+      /* When this is on the modifier stack, we have pulled any
+	 qualifiers off the right argument already.  Otherwise, we
+	 print it as usual, but don't let the left argument see any
+	 modifiers.  */
+
+      hold_modifiers = dpi->modifiers;
+      dpi->modifiers = NULL;
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (mods->mod));
+      dpi->modifiers = hold_modifiers;
+
+      if ((dpi->options & DMGL_JAVA) == 0)
+	d_append_string_constant (dpi, "::");
+      else
+	d_append_char (dpi, '.');
+
+      dc = d_right (mods->mod);
+      while (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS
+	     || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS
+	     || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS)
+	dc = d_left (dc);
+
+      d_print_comp (dpi, dc);
+
+      dpi->templates = hold_dpt;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  d_print_mod (dpi, mods->mod);
+
+  dpi->templates = hold_dpt;
+
+  d_print_mod_list (dpi, mods->next, suffix);
+}
+
+/* Print a modifier.  */
+
+static void
+d_print_mod (dpi, mod)
+     struct d_print_info *dpi;
+     const struct demangle_component *mod;
+{
+  switch (mod->type)
+    {
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, " restrict");
+      return;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, " volatile");
+      return;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, " const");
+      return;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL:
+      d_append_char (dpi, ' ');
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_right (mod));
+      return;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_POINTER:
+      /* There is no pointer symbol in Java.  */
+      if ((dpi->options & DMGL_JAVA) == 0)
+	d_append_char (dpi, '*');
+      return;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE:
+      d_append_char (dpi, '&');
+      return;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, "complex ");
+      return;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY:
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, "imaginary ");
+      return;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE:
+      if (d_last_char (dpi) != '(')
+	d_append_char (dpi, ' ');
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (mod));
+      d_append_string_constant (dpi, "::*");
+      return;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME:
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (mod));
+      return;
+    default:
+      /* Otherwise, we have something that won't go back on the
+	 modifier stack, so we can just print it.  */
+      d_print_comp (dpi, mod);
+      return;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Print a function type, except for the return type.  */
+
+static void
+d_print_function_type (dpi, dc, mods)
+     struct d_print_info *dpi;
+     const struct demangle_component *dc;
+     struct d_print_mod *mods;
+{
+  int need_paren;
+  int saw_mod;
+  int need_space;
+  struct d_print_mod *p;
+  struct d_print_mod *hold_modifiers;
+
+  need_paren = 0;
+  saw_mod = 0;
+  need_space = 0;
+  for (p = mods; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+    {
+      if (p->printed)
+	break;
+
+      saw_mod = 1;
+      switch (p->mod->type)
+	{
+	case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_POINTER:
+	case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE:
+	  need_paren = 1;
+	  break;
+	case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT:
+	case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE:
+	case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST:
+	case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE_QUAL:
+	case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX:
+	case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY:
+	case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE:
+	  need_space = 1;
+	  need_paren = 1;
+	  break;
+	case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS:
+	case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS:
+	case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS:
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+      if (need_paren)
+	break;
+    }
+
+  if (d_left (dc) != NULL && ! saw_mod)
+    need_paren = 1;
+
+  if (need_paren)
+    {
+      if (! need_space)
+	{
+	  if (d_last_char (dpi) != '('
+	      && d_last_char (dpi) != '*')
+	    need_space = 1;
+	}
+      if (need_space && d_last_char (dpi) != ' ')
+	d_append_char (dpi, ' ');
+      d_append_char (dpi, '(');
+    }
+
+  hold_modifiers = dpi->modifiers;
+  dpi->modifiers = NULL;
+
+  d_print_mod_list (dpi, mods, 0);
+
+  if (need_paren)
+    d_append_char (dpi, ')');
+
+  d_append_char (dpi, '(');
+
+  if (d_right (dc) != NULL)
+    d_print_comp (dpi, d_right (dc));
+
+  d_append_char (dpi, ')');
+
+  d_print_mod_list (dpi, mods, 1);
+
+  dpi->modifiers = hold_modifiers;
+}
+
+/* Print an array type, except for the element type.  */
+
+static void
+d_print_array_type (dpi, dc, mods)
+     struct d_print_info *dpi;
+     const struct demangle_component *dc;
+     struct d_print_mod *mods;
+{
+  int need_space;
+
+  need_space = 1;
+  if (mods != NULL)
+    {
+      int need_paren;
+      struct d_print_mod *p;
+
+      need_paren = 0;
+      for (p = mods; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+	{
+	  if (! p->printed)
+	    {
+	      if (p->mod->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARRAY_TYPE)
+		{
+		  need_space = 0;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  need_paren = 1;
+		  need_space = 1;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (need_paren)
+	d_append_string_constant (dpi, " (");
+
+      d_print_mod_list (dpi, mods, 0);
+
+      if (need_paren)
+	d_append_char (dpi, ')');
+    }
+
+  if (need_space)
+    d_append_char (dpi, ' ');
+
+  d_append_char (dpi, '[');
+
+  if (d_left (dc) != NULL)
+    d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+
+  d_append_char (dpi, ']');
+}
+
+/* Print an operator in an expression.  */
+
+static void
+d_print_expr_op (dpi, dc)
+     struct d_print_info *dpi;
+     const struct demangle_component *dc;
+{
+  if (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR)
+    d_append_buffer (dpi, dc->u.s_operator.op->name,
+		     dc->u.s_operator.op->len);
+  else
+    d_print_comp (dpi, dc);
+}
+
+/* Print a cast.  */
+
+static void
+d_print_cast (dpi, dc)
+     struct d_print_info *dpi;
+     const struct demangle_component *dc;
+{
+  if (d_left (dc)->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE)
+    d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (dc));
+  else
+    {
+      struct d_print_mod *hold_dpm;
+      struct d_print_template dpt;
+
+      /* It appears that for a templated cast operator, we need to put
+	 the template parameters in scope for the operator name, but
+	 not for the parameters.  The effect is that we need to handle
+	 the template printing here.  */
+
+      hold_dpm = dpi->modifiers;
+      dpi->modifiers = NULL;
+
+      dpt.next = dpi->templates;
+      dpi->templates = &dpt;
+      dpt.template = d_left (dc);
+
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_left (d_left (dc)));
+
+      dpi->templates = dpt.next;
+
+      if (d_last_char (dpi) == '<')
+	d_append_char (dpi, ' ');
+      d_append_char (dpi, '<');
+      d_print_comp (dpi, d_right (d_left (dc)));
+      /* Avoid generating two consecutive '>' characters, to avoid
+	 the C++ syntactic ambiguity.  */
+      if (d_last_char (dpi) == '>')
+	d_append_char (dpi, ' ');
+      d_append_char (dpi, '>');
+
+      dpi->modifiers = hold_dpm;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Initialize the information structure we use to pass around
+   information.  */
+
+CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3
+void
+cplus_demangle_init_info (mangled, options, len, di)
+     const char *mangled;
+     int options;
+     size_t len;
+     struct d_info *di;
+{
+  di->s = mangled;
+  di->send = mangled + len;
+  di->options = options;
+
+  di->n = mangled;
+
+  /* We can not need more components than twice the number of chars in
+     the mangled string.  Most components correspond directly to
+     chars, but the ARGLIST types are exceptions.  */
+  di->num_comps = 2 * len;
+  di->next_comp = 0;
+
+  /* Similarly, we can not need more substitutions than there are
+     chars in the mangled string.  */
+  di->num_subs = len;
+  di->next_sub = 0;
+  di->did_subs = 0;
+
+  di->last_name = NULL;
+
+  di->expansion = 0;
+}
+
+/* Entry point for the demangler.  If MANGLED is a g++ v3 ABI mangled
+   name, return a buffer allocated with malloc holding the demangled
+   name.  OPTIONS is the usual libiberty demangler options.  On
+   success, this sets *PALC to the allocated size of the returned
+   buffer.  On failure, this sets *PALC to 0 for a bad name, or 1 for
+   a memory allocation failure.  On failure, this returns NULL.  */
+
+static char *
+d_demangle (mangled, options, palc)
+     const char* mangled;
+     int options;
+     size_t *palc;
+{
+  size_t len;
+  int type;
+  struct d_info di;
+  struct demangle_component *dc;
+  int estimate;
+  char *ret;
+
+  *palc = 0;
+
+  len = strlen (mangled);
+
+  if (mangled[0] == '_' && mangled[1] == 'Z')
+    type = 0;
+  else if (strncmp (mangled, "_GLOBAL_", 8) == 0
+	   && (mangled[8] == '.' || mangled[8] == '_' || mangled[8] == '$')
+	   && (mangled[9] == 'D' || mangled[9] == 'I')
+	   && mangled[10] == '_')
+    {
+      char *r;
+
+      r = malloc (40 + len - 11);
+      if (r == NULL)
+	*palc = 1;
+      else
+	{
+	  if (mangled[9] == 'I')
+	    strcpy (r, "global constructors keyed to ");
+	  else
+	    strcpy (r, "global destructors keyed to ");
+	  strcat (r, mangled + 11);
+	}
+      return r;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if ((options & DMGL_TYPES) == 0)
+	return NULL;
+      type = 1;
+    }
+
+  cplus_demangle_init_info (mangled, options, len, &di);
+
+  {
+#ifdef CP_DYNAMIC_ARRAYS
+    __extension__ struct demangle_component comps[di.num_comps];
+    __extension__ struct demangle_component *subs[di.num_subs];
+
+    di.comps = &comps[0];
+    di.subs = &subs[0];
+#else
+    di.comps = ((struct demangle_component *)
+		malloc (di.num_comps * sizeof (struct demangle_component)));
+    di.subs = ((struct demangle_component **)
+	       malloc (di.num_subs * sizeof (struct demangle_component *)));
+    if (di.comps == NULL || di.subs == NULL)
+      {
+	if (di.comps != NULL)
+	  free (di.comps);
+	if (di.subs != NULL)
+	  free (di.subs);
+	*palc = 1;
+	return NULL;
+      }
+#endif
+
+    if (! type)
+      dc = cplus_demangle_mangled_name (&di, 1);
+    else
+      dc = cplus_demangle_type (&di);
+
+    /* If DMGL_PARAMS is set, then if we didn't consume the entire
+       mangled string, then we didn't successfully demangle it.  If
+       DMGL_PARAMS is not set, we didn't look at the trailing
+       parameters.  */
+    if (((options & DMGL_PARAMS) != 0) && d_peek_char (&di) != '\0')
+      dc = NULL;
+
+#ifdef CP_DEMANGLE_DEBUG
+    if (dc == NULL)
+      printf ("failed demangling\n");
+    else
+      d_dump (dc, 0);
+#endif
+
+    /* We try to guess the length of the demangled string, to minimize
+       calls to realloc during demangling.  */
+    estimate = len + di.expansion + 10 * di.did_subs;
+    estimate += estimate / 8;
+
+    ret = NULL;
+    if (dc != NULL)
+      ret = cplus_demangle_print (options, dc, estimate, palc);
+
+#ifndef CP_DYNAMIC_ARRAYS
+    free (di.comps);
+    free (di.subs);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef CP_DEMANGLE_DEBUG
+    if (ret != NULL)
+      {
+	int rlen;
+
+	rlen = strlen (ret);
+	if (rlen > 2 * estimate)
+	  printf ("*** Length %d much greater than estimate %d\n",
+		  rlen, estimate);
+	else if (rlen > estimate)
+	  printf ("*** Length %d greater than estimate %d\n",
+		  rlen, estimate);
+	else if (rlen < estimate / 2)
+	  printf ("*** Length %d much less than estimate %d\n",
+		  rlen, estimate);
+      }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+static char *
+cplus_demangle_v3 (mangled, options)
+     const char* mangled;
+     int options;
+{
+  size_t alc;
+
+  return d_demangle (mangled, options, &alc);
+}
+
+/* Demangle a Java symbol.  Java uses a subset of the V3 ABI C++ mangling 
+   conventions, but the output formatting is a little different.
+   This instructs the C++ demangler not to emit pointer characters ("*"), and 
+   to use Java's namespace separator symbol ("." instead of "::").  It then 
+   does an additional pass over the demangled output to replace instances 
+   of JArray<TYPE> with TYPE[].  */
+
+static char *
+java_demangle_v3 (mangled)
+     const char* mangled;
+{
+  size_t alc;
+  char *demangled;
+  int nesting;
+  char *from;
+  char *to;
+
+  demangled = d_demangle (mangled, DMGL_JAVA | DMGL_PARAMS, &alc);
+
+  if (demangled == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  nesting = 0;
+  from = demangled;
+  to = from;
+  while (*from != '\0')
+    {
+      if (strncmp (from, "JArray<", 7) == 0)
+	{
+	  from += 7;
+	  ++nesting;
+	}
+      else if (nesting > 0 && *from == '>')
+	{
+	  while (to > demangled && to[-1] == ' ')
+	    --to;
+	  *to++ = '[';
+	  *to++ = ']';
+	  --nesting;
+	  ++from;
+	}
+      else
+	*to++ = *from++;
+    }
+
+  *to = '\0';
+
+  return demangled;
+}
+
+#ifndef IN_GLIBCPP_V3
+
+/* Demangle a string in order to find out whether it is a constructor
+   or destructor.  Return non-zero on success.  Set *CTOR_KIND and
+   *DTOR_KIND appropriately.  */
+
+static int
+is_ctor_or_dtor (mangled, ctor_kind, dtor_kind)
+     const char *mangled;
+     enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds *ctor_kind;
+     enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds *dtor_kind;
+{
+  struct d_info di;
+  struct demangle_component *dc;
+  int ret;
+
+  *ctor_kind = (enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds) 0;
+  *dtor_kind = (enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds) 0;
+
+  cplus_demangle_init_info (mangled, DMGL_GNU_V3, strlen (mangled), &di);
+
+  {
+#ifdef CP_DYNAMIC_ARRAYS
+    __extension__ struct demangle_component comps[di.num_comps];
+    __extension__ struct demangle_component *subs[di.num_subs];
+
+    di.comps = &comps[0];
+    di.subs = &subs[0];
+#else
+    di.comps = ((struct demangle_component *)
+		malloc (di.num_comps * sizeof (struct demangle_component)));
+    di.subs = ((struct demangle_component **)
+	       malloc (di.num_subs * sizeof (struct demangle_component *)));
+    if (di.comps == NULL || di.subs == NULL)
+      {
+	if (di.comps != NULL)
+	  free (di.comps);
+	if (di.subs != NULL)
+	  free (di.subs);
+	return 0;
+      }
+#endif
+
+    dc = cplus_demangle_mangled_name (&di, 1);
+
+    /* Note that because we did not pass DMGL_PARAMS, we don't expect
+       to demangle the entire string.  */
+
+    ret = 0;
+    while (dc != NULL)
+      {
+	switch (dc->type)
+	  {
+	  default:
+	    dc = NULL;
+	    break;
+	  case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME:
+	  case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE:
+	  case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS:
+	  case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS:
+	  case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS:
+	    dc = d_left (dc);
+	    break;
+	  case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME:
+	  case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME:
+	    dc = d_right (dc);
+	    break;
+	  case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR:
+	    *ctor_kind = dc->u.s_ctor.kind;
+	    ret = 1;
+	    dc = NULL;
+	    break;
+	  case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR:
+	    *dtor_kind = dc->u.s_dtor.kind;
+	    ret = 1;
+	    dc = NULL;
+	    break;
+	  }
+      }
+
+#ifndef CP_DYNAMIC_ARRAYS
+    free (di.subs);
+    free (di.comps);
+#endif
+  }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Return whether NAME is the mangled form of a g++ V3 ABI constructor
+   name.  A non-zero return indicates the type of constructor.  */
+
+enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds
+is_gnu_v3_mangled_ctor (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds ctor_kind;
+  enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds dtor_kind;
+
+  if (! is_ctor_or_dtor (name, &ctor_kind, &dtor_kind))
+    return (enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds) 0;
+  return ctor_kind;
+}
+
+
+/* Return whether NAME is the mangled form of a g++ V3 ABI destructor
+   name.  A non-zero return indicates the type of destructor.  */
+
+enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds
+is_gnu_v3_mangled_dtor (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  enum gnu_v3_ctor_kinds ctor_kind;
+  enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds dtor_kind;
+
+  if (! is_ctor_or_dtor (name, &ctor_kind, &dtor_kind))
+    return (enum gnu_v3_dtor_kinds) 0;
+  return dtor_kind;
+}
+
+#endif /* IN_GLIBCPP_V3 */
+/* Demangler for GNU C++
+   Copyright 1989, 1991, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.uucp)
+   Rewritten by Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) for ARM and Lucid demangling
+   Modified by Satish Pai (pai@apollo.hp.com) for HP demangling
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+In addition to the permissions in the GNU Library General Public
+License, the Free Software Foundation gives you unlimited permission
+to link the compiled version of this file into combinations with other
+programs, and to distribute those combinations without any restriction
+coming from the use of this file.  (The Library Public License
+restrictions do apply in other respects; for example, they cover
+modification of the file, and distribution when not linked into a
+combined executable.)
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file exports two functions; cplus_mangle_opname and cplus_demangle.
+
+   This file imports xmalloc and g_realloc, which are like malloc and
+   realloc except that they generate a fatal error if there is no
+   available memory.  */
+
+/* This file lives in both GCC and libiberty.  When making changes, please
+   try not to break either.  */
+
+#undef CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE
+#define CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE work->options
+
+static char *ada_demangle  PARAMS ((const char *, int));
+
+#define min(X,Y) (((X) < (Y)) ? (X) : (Y))
+
+/* A value at least one greater than the maximum number of characters
+   that will be output when using the `%d' format with `printf'.  */
+#define INTBUF_SIZE 32
+
+extern void fancy_abort PARAMS ((void)) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN;
+
+/* In order to allow a single demangler executable to demangle strings
+   using various common values of CPLUS_MARKER, as well as any specific
+   one set at compile time, we maintain a string containing all the
+   commonly used ones, and check to see if the marker we are looking for
+   is in that string.  CPLUS_MARKER is usually '$' on systems where the
+   assembler can deal with that.  Where the assembler can't, it's usually
+   '.' (but on many systems '.' is used for other things).  We put the
+   current defined CPLUS_MARKER first (which defaults to '$'), followed
+   by the next most common value, followed by an explicit '$' in case
+   the value of CPLUS_MARKER is not '$'.
+
+   We could avoid this if we could just get g++ to tell us what the actual
+   cplus marker character is as part of the debug information, perhaps by
+   ensuring that it is the character that terminates the gcc<n>_compiled
+   marker symbol (FIXME).  */
+
+#if !defined (CPLUS_MARKER)
+#define CPLUS_MARKER '$'
+#endif
+
+static enum demangling_styles current_demangling_style = auto_demangling;
+
+static char cplus_markers[] = { CPLUS_MARKER, '.', '$', '\0' };
+
+static char char_str[2] = { '\000', '\000' };
+
+typedef struct string		/* Beware: these aren't required to be */
+{				/*  '\0' terminated.  */
+  char *b;			/* pointer to start of string */
+  char *p;			/* pointer after last character */
+  char *e;			/* pointer after end of allocated space */
+} string;
+
+/* Stuff that is shared between sub-routines.
+   Using a shared structure allows cplus_demangle to be reentrant.  */
+
+struct work_stuff
+{
+  int options;
+  char **typevec;
+  char **ktypevec;
+  char **btypevec;
+  int numk;
+  int numb;
+  int ksize;
+  int bsize;
+  int ntypes;
+  int typevec_size;
+  int constructor;
+  int destructor;
+  int static_type;	/* A static member function */
+  int temp_start;       /* index in demangled to start of template args */
+  int type_quals;       /* The type qualifiers.  */
+  int dllimported;	/* Symbol imported from a PE DLL */
+  char **tmpl_argvec;   /* Template function arguments. */
+  int ntmpl_args;       /* The number of template function arguments. */
+  int forgetting_types; /* Nonzero if we are not remembering the types
+			   we see.  */
+  string* previous_argument; /* The last function argument demangled.  */
+  int nrepeats;         /* The number of times to repeat the previous
+			   argument.  */
+};
+
+#define PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS (work -> options & DMGL_ANSI)
+#define PRINT_ARG_TYPES       (work -> options & DMGL_PARAMS)
+
+static const struct optable
+{
+  const char *const in;
+  const char *const out;
+  const int flags;
+} optable[] = {
+  {"nw",	  " new",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* new (1.92,	 ansi) */
+  {"dl",	  " delete",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* new (1.92,	 ansi) */
+  {"new",	  " new",	0},		/* old (1.91,	 and 1.x) */
+  {"delete",	  " delete",	0},		/* old (1.91,	 and 1.x) */
+  {"vn",	  " new []",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* GNU, pending ansi */
+  {"vd",	  " delete []",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* GNU, pending ansi */
+  {"as",	  "=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"ne",	  "!=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old, ansi */
+  {"eq",	  "==",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
+  {"ge",	  ">=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
+  {"gt",	  ">",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
+  {"le",	  "<=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
+  {"lt",	  "<",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
+  {"plus",	  "+",		0},		/* old */
+  {"pl",	  "+",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"apl",	  "+=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"minus",	  "-",		0},		/* old */
+  {"mi",	  "-",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"ami",	  "-=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"mult",	  "*",		0},		/* old */
+  {"ml",	  "*",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"amu",	  "*=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi (ARM/Lucid) */
+  {"aml",	  "*=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi (GNU/g++) */
+  {"convert",	  "+",		0},		/* old (unary +) */
+  {"negate",	  "-",		0},		/* old (unary -) */
+  {"trunc_mod",	  "%",		0},		/* old */
+  {"md",	  "%",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"amd",	  "%=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"trunc_div",	  "/",		0},		/* old */
+  {"dv",	  "/",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"adv",	  "/=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"truth_andif", "&&",		0},		/* old */
+  {"aa",	  "&&",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"truth_orif",  "||",		0},		/* old */
+  {"oo",	  "||",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"truth_not",	  "!",		0},		/* old */
+  {"nt",	  "!",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"postincrement","++",	0},		/* old */
+  {"pp",	  "++",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"postdecrement","--",	0},		/* old */
+  {"mm",	  "--",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"bit_ior",	  "|",		0},		/* old */
+  {"or",	  "|",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"aor",	  "|=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"bit_xor",	  "^",		0},		/* old */
+  {"er",	  "^",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"aer",	  "^=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"bit_and",	  "&",		0},		/* old */
+  {"ad",	  "&",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"aad",	  "&=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"bit_not",	  "~",		0},		/* old */
+  {"co",	  "~",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"call",	  "()",		0},		/* old */
+  {"cl",	  "()",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"alshift",	  "<<",		0},		/* old */
+  {"ls",	  "<<",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"als",	  "<<=",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"arshift",	  ">>",		0},		/* old */
+  {"rs",	  ">>",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"ars",	  ">>=",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"component",	  "->",		0},		/* old */
+  {"pt",	  "->",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi; Lucid C++ form */
+  {"rf",	  "->",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi; ARM/GNU form */
+  {"indirect",	  "*",		0},		/* old */
+  {"method_call",  "->()",	0},		/* old */
+  {"addr",	  "&",		0},		/* old (unary &) */
+  {"array",	  "[]",		0},		/* old */
+  {"vc",	  "[]",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"compound",	  ", ",		0},		/* old */
+  {"cm",	  ", ",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"cond",	  "?:",		0},		/* old */
+  {"cn",	  "?:",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* pseudo-ansi */
+  {"max",	  ">?",		0},		/* old */
+  {"mx",	  ">?",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* pseudo-ansi */
+  {"min",	  "<?",		0},		/* old */
+  {"mn",	  "<?",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* pseudo-ansi */
+  {"nop",	  "",		0},		/* old (for operator=) */
+  {"rm",	  "->*",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"sz",          "sizeof ",    DMGL_ANSI}      /* pseudo-ansi */
+};
+
+/* These values are used to indicate the various type varieties.
+   They are all non-zero so that they can be used as `success'
+   values.  */
+typedef enum type_kind_t
+{
+  tk_none,
+  tk_pointer,
+  tk_reference,
+  tk_integral,
+  tk_bool,
+  tk_char,
+  tk_real
+} type_kind_t;
+
+static const struct demangler_engine libiberty_demanglers[] =
+{
+  {
+    NO_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING,
+    no_demangling,
+    "Demangling disabled"
+  }
+  ,
+  {
+    AUTO_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING,
+      auto_demangling,
+      "Automatic selection based on executable"
+  }
+  ,
+  {
+    GNU_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING,
+      gnu_demangling,
+      "GNU (g++) style demangling"
+  }
+  ,
+  {
+    LUCID_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING,
+      lucid_demangling,
+      "Lucid (lcc) style demangling"
+  }
+  ,
+  {
+    ARM_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING,
+      arm_demangling,
+      "ARM style demangling"
+  }
+  ,
+  {
+    HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING,
+      hp_demangling,
+      "HP (aCC) style demangling"
+  }
+  ,
+  {
+    EDG_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING,
+      edg_demangling,
+      "EDG style demangling"
+  }
+  ,
+  {
+    GNU_V3_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING,
+    gnu_v3_demangling,
+    "GNU (g++) V3 ABI-style demangling"
+  }
+  ,
+  {
+    JAVA_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING,
+    java_demangling,
+    "Java style demangling"
+  }
+  ,
+  {
+    GNAT_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING,
+    gnat_demangling,
+    "GNAT style demangling"
+  }
+  ,
+  {
+    NULL, unknown_demangling, NULL
+  }
+};
+
+#define STRING_EMPTY(str)	((str) -> b == (str) -> p)
+#define APPEND_BLANK(str)	{if (!STRING_EMPTY(str)) \
+    string_append(str, " ");}
+#define LEN_STRING(str)         ( (STRING_EMPTY(str))?0:((str)->p - (str)->b))
+
+/* The scope separator appropriate for the language being demangled.  */
+
+#define SCOPE_STRING(work) ((work->options & DMGL_JAVA) ? "." : "::")
+
+#define ARM_VTABLE_STRING "__vtbl__"	/* Lucid/ARM virtual table prefix */
+#define ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN 8		/* strlen (ARM_VTABLE_STRING) */
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions */
+
+static void
+delete_work_stuff PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *));
+
+static void
+delete_non_B_K_work_stuff PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *));
+
+static char *
+mop_up PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, string *, int));
+
+static void
+squangle_mop_up PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *));
+
+static void
+work_stuff_copy_to_from PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, struct work_stuff *));
+
+#if 0
+static int
+demangle_method_args PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+#endif
+
+static char *
+internal_cplus_demangle PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char *));
+
+static int
+demangle_template_template_parm PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *work,
+					 const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+demangle_template PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *work, const char **, string *,
+			   string *, int, int));
+
+static int
+arm_pt PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char *, int, const char **,
+		const char **));
+
+static int
+demangle_class_name PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+demangle_qualified PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *,
+			    int, int));
+
+static int
+demangle_class PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+demangle_fund_type PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+demangle_signature PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+demangle_prefix PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+gnu_special PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+arm_special PARAMS ((const char **, string *));
+
+static void
+string_need PARAMS ((string *, int));
+
+static void
+string_delete PARAMS ((string *));
+
+static void
+string_init PARAMS ((string *));
+
+static void
+string_clear PARAMS ((string *));
+
+#if 0
+static int
+string_empty PARAMS ((string *));
+#endif
+
+static void
+string_append PARAMS ((string *, const char *));
+
+static void
+string_appends PARAMS ((string *, string *));
+
+static void
+string_appendn PARAMS ((string *, const char *, int));
+
+static void
+string_prepend PARAMS ((string *, const char *));
+
+static void
+string_prependn PARAMS ((string *, const char *, int));
+
+static void
+string_append_template_idx PARAMS ((string *, int));
+
+static int
+get_count PARAMS ((const char **, int *));
+
+static int
+consume_count PARAMS ((const char **));
+
+static int
+consume_count_with_underscores PARAMS ((const char**));
+
+static int
+demangle_args PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+demangle_nested_args PARAMS ((struct work_stuff*, const char**, string*));
+
+static int
+do_type PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+do_arg PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static void
+demangle_function_name PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *,
+				const char *));
+
+static int
+iterate_demangle_function PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *,
+				   const char **, string *, const char *));
+
+static void
+remember_type PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char *, int));
+
+static void
+remember_Btype PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char *, int, int));
+
+static int
+register_Btype PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *));
+
+static void
+remember_Ktype PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char *, int));
+
+static void
+forget_types PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *));
+
+static void
+forget_B_and_K_types PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *));
+
+static void
+string_prepends PARAMS ((string *, string *));
+
+static int
+demangle_template_value_parm PARAMS ((struct work_stuff*, const char**,
+				      string*, type_kind_t));
+
+static int
+do_hpacc_template_const_value PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+do_hpacc_template_literal PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+snarf_numeric_literal PARAMS ((const char **, string *));
+
+/* There is a TYPE_QUAL value for each type qualifier.  They can be
+   combined by bitwise-or to form the complete set of qualifiers for a
+   type.  */
+
+#define TYPE_UNQUALIFIED   0x0
+#define TYPE_QUAL_CONST    0x1
+#define TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE 0x2
+#define TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT 0x4
+
+static int
+code_for_qualifier PARAMS ((int));
+
+static const char*
+qualifier_string PARAMS ((int));
+
+static const char*
+demangle_qualifier PARAMS ((int));
+
+static int
+demangle_expression PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *, 
+			     type_kind_t));
+
+static int
+demangle_integral_value PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **,
+				 string *));
+
+static int
+demangle_real_value PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static void
+demangle_arm_hp_template PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, int,
+				  string *));
+
+static void
+recursively_demangle PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *,
+			      int));
+
+static void
+grow_vect PARAMS ((char **, size_t *, size_t, int));
+
+/* Translate count to integer, consuming tokens in the process.
+   Conversion terminates on the first non-digit character.
+
+   Trying to consume something that isn't a count results in no
+   consumption of input and a return of -1.
+
+   Overflow consumes the rest of the digits, and returns -1.  */
+
+static int
+consume_count (type)
+     const char **type;
+{
+  int count = 0;
+
+  if (! g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)**type))
+    return -1;
+
+  while (g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)**type))
+    {
+      count *= 10;
+
+      /* Check for overflow.
+	 We assume that count is represented using two's-complement;
+	 no power of two is divisible by ten, so if an overflow occurs
+	 when multiplying by ten, the result will not be a multiple of
+	 ten.  */
+      if ((count % 10) != 0)
+	{
+	  while (g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char) **type))
+	    (*type)++;
+	  return -1;
+	}
+
+      count += **type - '0';
+      (*type)++;
+    }
+
+  if (count < 0)
+    count = -1;
+
+  return (count);
+}
+
+
+/* Like consume_count, but for counts that are preceded and followed
+   by '_' if they are greater than 10.  Also, -1 is returned for
+   failure, since 0 can be a valid value.  */
+
+static int
+consume_count_with_underscores (mangled)
+     const char **mangled;
+{
+  int idx;
+
+  if (**mangled == '_')
+    {
+      (*mangled)++;
+      if (!g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)**mangled))
+	return -1;
+
+      idx = consume_count (mangled);
+      if (**mangled != '_')
+	/* The trailing underscore was missing. */
+	return -1;
+
+      (*mangled)++;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (**mangled < '0' || **mangled > '9')
+	return -1;
+
+      idx = **mangled - '0';
+      (*mangled)++;
+    }
+
+  return idx;
+}
+
+/* C is the code for a type-qualifier.  Return the TYPE_QUAL
+   corresponding to this qualifier.  */
+
+static int
+code_for_qualifier (c)
+  int c;
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case 'C':
+      return TYPE_QUAL_CONST;
+
+    case 'V':
+      return TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE;
+
+    case 'u':
+      return TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT;
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  /* C was an invalid qualifier.  */
+  abort ();
+}
+
+/* Return the string corresponding to the qualifiers given by
+   TYPE_QUALS.  */
+
+static const char*
+qualifier_string (type_quals)
+     int type_quals;
+{
+  switch (type_quals)
+    {
+    case TYPE_UNQUALIFIED:
+      return "";
+
+    case TYPE_QUAL_CONST:
+      return "const";
+
+    case TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE:
+      return "volatile";
+
+    case TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT:
+      return "__restrict";
+
+    case TYPE_QUAL_CONST | TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE:
+      return "const volatile";
+
+    case TYPE_QUAL_CONST | TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT:
+      return "const __restrict";
+
+    case TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE | TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT:
+      return "volatile __restrict";
+
+    case TYPE_QUAL_CONST | TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE | TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT:
+      return "const volatile __restrict";
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  /* TYPE_QUALS was an invalid qualifier set.  */
+  abort ();
+}
+
+/* C is the code for a type-qualifier.  Return the string
+   corresponding to this qualifier.  This function should only be
+   called with a valid qualifier code.  */
+
+static const char*
+demangle_qualifier (c)
+  int c;
+{
+  return qualifier_string (code_for_qualifier (c));
+}
+
+/* Takes operator name as e.g. "++" and returns mangled
+   operator name (e.g. "postincrement_expr"), or NULL if not found.
+
+   If OPTIONS & DMGL_ANSI == 1, return the ANSI name;
+   if OPTIONS & DMGL_ANSI == 0, return the old GNU name.  */
+
+/* Add a routine to set the demangling style to be sure it is valid and
+   allow for any demangler initialization that maybe necessary. */
+
+/* Do string name to style translation */
+
+/* char *cplus_demangle (const char *mangled, int options)
+
+   If MANGLED is a mangled function name produced by GNU C++, then
+   a pointer to a @code{malloc}ed string giving a C++ representation
+   of the name will be returned; otherwise NULL will be returned.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the string which
+   is returned.
+
+   The OPTIONS arg may contain one or more of the following bits:
+
+   	DMGL_ANSI	ANSI qualifiers such as `const' and `void' are
+			included.
+	DMGL_PARAMS	Function parameters are included.
+
+   For example,
+
+   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", DMGL_PARAMS)		=> "A::foo(int)"
+   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI)	=> "A::foo(int)"
+   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", 0)			=> "A::foo"
+
+   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", DMGL_PARAMS)		=> "A::foo(float,...)"
+   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI)=> "A::foo(float,...)"
+   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", 0)			=> "A::foo"
+
+   Note that any leading underscores, or other such characters prepended by
+   the compilation system, are presumed to have already been stripped from
+   MANGLED.  */
+
+char *
+sysprof_cplus_demangle (mangled, options)
+     const char *mangled;
+     int options;
+{
+  char *ret;
+  struct work_stuff work[1];
+
+  if (current_demangling_style == no_demangling)
+    return g_strdup (mangled);
+
+  memset ((char *) work, 0, sizeof (work));
+  work->options = options;
+  if ((work->options & DMGL_STYLE_MASK) == 0)
+    work->options |= (int) current_demangling_style & DMGL_STYLE_MASK;
+
+  /* The V3 ABI demangling is implemented elsewhere.  */
+  if (GNU_V3_DEMANGLING || AUTO_DEMANGLING)
+    {
+      ret = cplus_demangle_v3 (mangled, work->options);
+      if (ret || GNU_V3_DEMANGLING)
+	return ret;
+    }
+
+  if (JAVA_DEMANGLING)
+    {
+      ret = java_demangle_v3 (mangled);
+      if (ret)
+        return ret;
+    }
+
+  if (GNAT_DEMANGLING)
+    return ada_demangle(mangled,options);
+
+  ret = internal_cplus_demangle (work, mangled);
+  squangle_mop_up (work);
+  return (ret);
+}
+
+
+/* Assuming *OLD_VECT points to an array of *SIZE objects of size
+   ELEMENT_SIZE, grow it to contain at least MIN_SIZE objects,
+   updating *OLD_VECT and *SIZE as necessary.  */
+
+static void
+grow_vect (old_vect, size, min_size, element_size)
+     char **old_vect;
+     size_t *size;
+     size_t min_size;
+     int element_size;
+{
+  if (*size < min_size)
+    {
+      *size *= 2;
+      if (*size < min_size)
+	*size = min_size;
+      *old_vect = (void *) g_realloc (*old_vect, *size * element_size);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Demangle ada names:
+   1. Discard final __{DIGIT}+ or ${DIGIT}+
+   2. Convert other instances of embedded "__" to `.'.
+   3. Discard leading _ada_.
+   4. Remove everything after first ___ if it is followed by 'X'.
+   5. Put symbols that should be suppressed in <...> brackets.
+   The resulting string is valid until the next call of ada_demangle.  */
+
+static char *
+ada_demangle (mangled, option)
+     const char *mangled;
+     int option ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  int i, j;
+  int len0;
+  const char* p;
+  char *demangled = NULL;
+  int changed;
+  size_t demangled_size = 0;
+  
+  changed = 0;
+
+  if (strncmp (mangled, "_ada_", 5) == 0)
+    {
+      mangled += 5;
+      changed = 1;
+    }
+  
+  if (mangled[0] == '_' || mangled[0] == '<')
+    goto Suppress;
+  
+  p = strstr (mangled, "___");
+  if (p == NULL)
+    len0 = strlen (mangled);
+  else
+    {
+      if (p[3] == 'X')
+	{
+	  len0 = p - mangled;
+	  changed = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	goto Suppress;
+    }
+  
+  /* Make demangled big enough for possible expansion by operator name.  */
+  grow_vect (&demangled,
+	     &demangled_size,  2 * len0 + 1,
+	     sizeof (char));
+  
+  if (g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char) mangled[len0 - 1])) {
+    for (i = len0 - 2; i >= 0 && g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char) mangled[i]); i -= 1)
+      ;
+    if (i > 1 && mangled[i] == '_' && mangled[i - 1] == '_')
+      {
+	len0 = i - 1;
+	changed = 1;
+      }
+    else if (mangled[i] == '$')
+      {
+	len0 = i;
+	changed = 1;
+      }
+  }
+  
+  for (i = 0, j = 0; i < len0 && ! g_ascii_isalpha ((unsigned char)mangled[i]);
+       i += 1, j += 1)
+    demangled[j] = mangled[i];
+  
+  while (i < len0)
+    {
+      if (i < len0 - 2 && mangled[i] == '_' && mangled[i + 1] == '_')
+	{
+	  demangled[j] = '.';
+	  changed = 1;
+	  i += 2; j += 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  demangled[j] = mangled[i];
+	  i += 1;  j += 1;
+	}
+    }
+  demangled[j] = '\000';
+  
+  for (i = 0; demangled[i] != '\0'; i += 1)
+    if (g_ascii_isupper ((unsigned char)demangled[i]) || demangled[i] == ' ')
+      goto Suppress;
+
+  if (! changed)
+    return NULL;
+  else
+    return demangled;
+  
+ Suppress:
+  grow_vect (&demangled,
+	     &demangled_size,  strlen (mangled) + 3,
+	     sizeof (char));
+
+  if (mangled[0] == '<')
+     strcpy (demangled, mangled);
+  else
+    sprintf (demangled, "<%s>", mangled);
+
+  return demangled;
+}
+
+/* This function performs most of what cplus_demangle use to do, but
+   to be able to demangle a name with a B, K or n code, we need to
+   have a longer term memory of what types have been seen. The original
+   now initializes and cleans up the squangle code info, while internal
+   calls go directly to this routine to avoid resetting that info. */
+
+static char *
+internal_cplus_demangle (work, mangled)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char *mangled;
+{
+
+  string decl;
+  int success = 0;
+  char *demangled = NULL;
+  int s1, s2, s3, s4;
+  s1 = work->constructor;
+  s2 = work->destructor;
+  s3 = work->static_type;
+  s4 = work->type_quals;
+  work->constructor = work->destructor = 0;
+  work->type_quals = TYPE_UNQUALIFIED;
+  work->dllimported = 0;
+
+  if ((mangled != NULL) && (*mangled != '\0'))
+    {
+      string_init (&decl);
+
+      /* First check to see if gnu style demangling is active and if the
+	 string to be demangled contains a CPLUS_MARKER.  If so, attempt to
+	 recognize one of the gnu special forms rather than looking for a
+	 standard prefix.  In particular, don't worry about whether there
+	 is a "__" string in the mangled string.  Consider "_$_5__foo" for
+	 example.  */
+
+      if ((AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING))
+	{
+	  success = gnu_special (work, &mangled, &decl);
+	}
+      if (!success)
+	{
+	  success = demangle_prefix (work, &mangled, &decl);
+	}
+      if (success && (*mangled != '\0'))
+	{
+	  success = demangle_signature (work, &mangled, &decl);
+	}
+      if (work->constructor == 2)
+        {
+          string_prepend (&decl, "global constructors keyed to ");
+          work->constructor = 0;
+        }
+      else if (work->destructor == 2)
+        {
+          string_prepend (&decl, "global destructors keyed to ");
+          work->destructor = 0;
+        }
+      else if (work->dllimported == 1)
+        {
+          string_prepend (&decl, "import stub for ");
+          work->dllimported = 0;
+        }
+      demangled = mop_up (work, &decl, success);
+    }
+  work->constructor = s1;
+  work->destructor = s2;
+  work->static_type = s3;
+  work->type_quals = s4;
+  return demangled;
+}
+
+
+/* Clear out and squangling related storage */
+static void
+squangle_mop_up (work)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+{
+  /* clean up the B and K type mangling types. */
+  forget_B_and_K_types (work);
+  if (work -> btypevec != NULL)
+    {
+      g_free ((char *) work -> btypevec);
+    }
+  if (work -> ktypevec != NULL)
+    {
+      g_free ((char *) work -> ktypevec);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Copy the work state and storage.  */
+
+static void
+work_stuff_copy_to_from (to, from)
+     struct work_stuff *to;
+     struct work_stuff *from;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  delete_work_stuff (to);
+
+  /* Shallow-copy scalars.  */
+  memcpy (to, from, sizeof (*to));
+
+  /* Deep-copy dynamic storage.  */
+  if (from->typevec_size)
+    to->typevec
+      = (char **) g_malloc (from->typevec_size * sizeof (to->typevec[0]));
+
+  for (i = 0; i < from->ntypes; i++)
+    {
+      int len = strlen (from->typevec[i]) + 1;
+
+      to->typevec[i] = g_malloc (len);
+      memcpy (to->typevec[i], from->typevec[i], len);
+    }
+
+  if (from->ksize)
+    to->ktypevec
+      = (char **) g_malloc (from->ksize * sizeof (to->ktypevec[0]));
+
+  for (i = 0; i < from->numk; i++)
+    {
+      int len = strlen (from->ktypevec[i]) + 1;
+
+      to->ktypevec[i] = g_malloc (len);
+      memcpy (to->ktypevec[i], from->ktypevec[i], len);
+    }
+
+  if (from->bsize)
+    to->btypevec
+      = (char **) g_malloc (from->bsize * sizeof (to->btypevec[0]));
+
+  for (i = 0; i < from->numb; i++)
+    {
+      int len = strlen (from->btypevec[i]) + 1;
+
+      to->btypevec[i] = g_malloc (len);
+      memcpy (to->btypevec[i], from->btypevec[i], len);
+    }
+
+  if (from->ntmpl_args)
+    to->tmpl_argvec
+      = (char **) g_malloc (from->ntmpl_args * sizeof (to->tmpl_argvec[0]));
+
+  for (i = 0; i < from->ntmpl_args; i++)
+    {
+      int len = strlen (from->tmpl_argvec[i]) + 1;
+
+      to->tmpl_argvec[i] = g_malloc (len);
+      memcpy (to->tmpl_argvec[i], from->tmpl_argvec[i], len);
+    }
+
+  if (from->previous_argument)
+    {
+      to->previous_argument = (string*) g_malloc (sizeof (string));
+      string_init (to->previous_argument);
+      string_appends (to->previous_argument, from->previous_argument);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Delete dynamic stuff in work_stuff that is not to be re-used.  */
+
+static void
+delete_non_B_K_work_stuff (work)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+{
+  /* Discard the remembered types, if any.  */
+
+  forget_types (work);
+  if (work -> typevec != NULL)
+    {
+      g_free ((char *) work -> typevec);
+      work -> typevec = NULL;
+      work -> typevec_size = 0;
+    }
+  if (work->tmpl_argvec)
+    {
+      int i;
+
+      for (i = 0; i < work->ntmpl_args; i++)
+	if (work->tmpl_argvec[i])
+	  g_free ((char*) work->tmpl_argvec[i]);
+
+      g_free ((char*) work->tmpl_argvec);
+      work->tmpl_argvec = NULL;
+    }
+  if (work->previous_argument)
+    {
+      string_delete (work->previous_argument);
+      g_free ((char*) work->previous_argument);
+      work->previous_argument = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Delete all dynamic storage in work_stuff.  */
+static void
+delete_work_stuff (work)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+{
+  delete_non_B_K_work_stuff (work);
+  squangle_mop_up (work);
+}
+
+
+/* Clear out any mangled storage */
+
+static char *
+mop_up (work, declp, success)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     string *declp;
+     int success;
+{
+  char *demangled = NULL;
+
+  delete_non_B_K_work_stuff (work);
+
+  /* If demangling was successful, ensure that the demangled string is null
+     terminated and return it.  Otherwise, free the demangling decl.  */
+
+  if (!success)
+    {
+      string_delete (declp);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      string_appendn (declp, "", 1);
+      demangled = declp->b;
+    }
+  return (demangled);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	demangle_signature -- demangle the signature part of a mangled name
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	demangle_signature (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
+			    string *declp);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Consume and demangle the signature portion of the mangled name.
+
+	DECLP is the string where demangled output is being built.  At
+	entry it contains the demangled root name from the mangled name
+	prefix.  I.E. either a demangled operator name or the root function
+	name.  In some special cases, it may contain nothing.
+
+	*MANGLED points to the current unconsumed location in the mangled
+	name.  As tokens are consumed and demangling is performed, the
+	pointer is updated to continuously point at the next token to
+	be consumed.
+
+	Demangling GNU style mangled names is nasty because there is no
+	explicit token that marks the start of the outermost function
+	argument list.  */
+
+static int
+demangle_signature (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int success = 1;
+  int func_done = 0;
+  int expect_func = 0;
+  int expect_return_type = 0;
+  const char *oldmangled = NULL;
+  string trawname;
+  string tname;
+
+  while (success && (**mangled != '\0'))
+    {
+      switch (**mangled)
+	{
+	case 'Q':
+	  oldmangled = *mangled;
+	  success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 1, 0);
+	  if (success)
+	    remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled);
+	  if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
+	    expect_func = 1;
+	  oldmangled = NULL;
+	  break;
+
+        case 'K':
+	  oldmangled = *mangled;
+	  success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 1, 0);
+	  if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
+	    {
+	      expect_func = 1;
+	    }
+	  oldmangled = NULL;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'S':
+	  /* Static member function */
+	  if (oldmangled == NULL)
+	    {
+	      oldmangled = *mangled;
+	    }
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  work -> static_type = 1;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'C':
+	case 'V':
+	case 'u':
+	  work->type_quals |= code_for_qualifier (**mangled);
+
+	  /* a qualified member function */
+	  if (oldmangled == NULL)
+	    oldmangled = *mangled;
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'L':
+	  /* Local class name follows after "Lnnn_" */
+	  if (HP_DEMANGLING)
+	    {
+	      while (**mangled && (**mangled != '_'))
+		(*mangled)++;
+	      if (!**mangled)
+		success = 0;
+	      else
+		(*mangled)++;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    success = 0;
+	  break;
+
+	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+	case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+	  if (oldmangled == NULL)
+	    {
+	      oldmangled = *mangled;
+	    }
+          work->temp_start = -1; /* uppermost call to demangle_class */
+	  success = demangle_class (work, mangled, declp);
+	  if (success)
+	    {
+	      remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled);
+	    }
+	  if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING)
+	    {
+              /* EDG and others will have the "F", so we let the loop cycle
+                 if we are looking at one. */
+              if (**mangled != 'F')
+                 expect_func = 1;
+	    }
+	  oldmangled = NULL;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'B':
+	  {
+	    string s;
+	    success = do_type (work, mangled, &s);
+	    if (success)
+	      {
+		string_append (&s, SCOPE_STRING (work));
+		string_prepends (declp, &s);
+		string_delete (&s);
+	      }
+	    oldmangled = NULL;
+	    expect_func = 1;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case 'F':
+	  /* Function */
+	  /* ARM/HP style demangling includes a specific 'F' character after
+	     the class name.  For GNU style, it is just implied.  So we can
+	     safely just consume any 'F' at this point and be compatible
+	     with either style.  */
+
+	  oldmangled = NULL;
+	  func_done = 1;
+	  (*mangled)++;
+
+	  /* For lucid/ARM/HP style we have to forget any types we might
+	     have remembered up to this point, since they were not argument
+	     types.  GNU style considers all types seen as available for
+	     back references.  See comment in demangle_args() */
+
+	  if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING)
+	    {
+	      forget_types (work);
+	    }
+	  success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+	  /* After picking off the function args, we expect to either
+	     find the function return type (preceded by an '_') or the
+	     end of the string. */
+	  if (success && (AUTO_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) && **mangled == '_')
+	    {
+	      ++(*mangled);
+              /* At this level, we do not care about the return type. */
+              success = do_type (work, mangled, &tname);
+              string_delete (&tname);
+            }
+
+	  break;
+
+	case 't':
+	  /* G++ Template */
+	  string_init(&trawname);
+	  string_init(&tname);
+	  if (oldmangled == NULL)
+	    {
+	      oldmangled = *mangled;
+	    }
+	  success = demangle_template (work, mangled, &tname,
+				       &trawname, 1, 1);
+	  if (success)
+	    {
+	      remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled);
+	    }
+	  string_append (&tname, SCOPE_STRING (work));
+
+	  string_prepends(declp, &tname);
+	  if (work -> destructor & 1)
+	    {
+	      string_prepend (&trawname, "~");
+	      string_appends (declp, &trawname);
+	      work->destructor -= 1;
+	    }
+	  if ((work->constructor & 1) || (work->destructor & 1))
+	    {
+	      string_appends (declp, &trawname);
+	      work->constructor -= 1;
+	    }
+	  string_delete(&trawname);
+	  string_delete(&tname);
+	  oldmangled = NULL;
+	  expect_func = 1;
+	  break;
+
+	case '_':
+	  if ((AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) && expect_return_type)
+	    {
+	      /* Read the return type. */
+	      string return_type;
+
+	      (*mangled)++;
+	      success = do_type (work, mangled, &return_type);
+	      APPEND_BLANK (&return_type);
+
+	      string_prepends (declp, &return_type);
+	      string_delete (&return_type);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    /* At the outermost level, we cannot have a return type specified,
+	       so if we run into another '_' at this point we are dealing with
+	       a mangled name that is either bogus, or has been mangled by
+	       some algorithm we don't know how to deal with.  So just
+	       reject the entire demangling.  */
+            /* However, "_nnn" is an expected suffix for alternate entry point
+               numbered nnn for a function, with HP aCC, so skip over that
+               without reporting failure. pai/1997-09-04 */
+            if (HP_DEMANGLING)
+              {
+                (*mangled)++;
+                while (**mangled && g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)**mangled))
+                  (*mangled)++;
+              }
+            else
+	      success = 0;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'H':
+	  if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
+	    {
+	      /* A G++ template function.  Read the template arguments. */
+	      success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0, 0,
+					   0);
+	      if (!(work->constructor & 1))
+		expect_return_type = 1;
+	      (*mangled)++;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    /* fall through */
+	    {;}
+
+	default:
+	  if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
+	    {
+	      /* Assume we have stumbled onto the first outermost function
+		 argument token, and start processing args.  */
+	      func_done = 1;
+	      success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Non-GNU demanglers use a specific token to mark the start
+		 of the outermost function argument tokens.  Typically 'F',
+		 for ARM/HP-demangling, for example.  So if we find something
+		 we are not prepared for, it must be an error.  */
+	      success = 0;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+      /*
+	if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
+	*/
+      {
+	if (success && expect_func)
+	  {
+	    func_done = 1;
+              if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING)
+                {
+                  forget_types (work);
+                }
+	    success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+	    /* Since template include the mangling of their return types,
+	       we must set expect_func to 0 so that we don't try do
+	       demangle more arguments the next time we get here.  */
+	    expect_func = 0;
+	  }
+      }
+    }
+  if (success && !func_done)
+    {
+      if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
+	{
+	  /* With GNU style demangling, bar__3foo is 'foo::bar(void)', and
+	     bar__3fooi is 'foo::bar(int)'.  We get here when we find the
+	     first case, and need to ensure that the '(void)' gets added to
+	     the current declp.  Note that with ARM/HP, the first case
+	     represents the name of a static data member 'foo::bar',
+	     which is in the current declp, so we leave it alone.  */
+	  success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+	}
+    }
+  if (success && PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+    {
+      if (work->static_type)
+	string_append (declp, " static");
+      if (work->type_quals != TYPE_UNQUALIFIED)
+	{
+	  APPEND_BLANK (declp);
+	  string_append (declp, qualifier_string (work->type_quals));
+	}
+    }
+
+  return (success);
+}
+
+#if 0
+
+static int
+demangle_method_args (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int success = 0;
+
+  if (work -> static_type)
+    {
+      string_append (declp, *mangled + 1);
+      *mangled += strlen (*mangled);
+      success = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+    }
+  return (success);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+static int
+demangle_template_template_parm (work, mangled, tname)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *tname;
+{
+  int i;
+  int r;
+  int need_comma = 0;
+  int success = 1;
+  string temp;
+
+  string_append (tname, "template <");
+  /* get size of template parameter list */
+  if (get_count (mangled, &r))
+    {
+      for (i = 0; i < r; i++)
+	{
+	  if (need_comma)
+	    {
+	      string_append (tname, ", ");
+	    }
+
+	    /* Z for type parameters */
+	    if (**mangled == 'Z')
+	      {
+		(*mangled)++;
+		string_append (tname, "class");
+	      }
+	      /* z for template parameters */
+	    else if (**mangled == 'z')
+	      {
+		(*mangled)++;
+		success =
+		  demangle_template_template_parm (work, mangled, tname);
+		if (!success)
+		  {
+		    break;
+		  }
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		/* temp is initialized in do_type */
+		success = do_type (work, mangled, &temp);
+		if (success)
+		  {
+		    string_appends (tname, &temp);
+		  }
+		string_delete(&temp);
+		if (!success)
+		  {
+		    break;
+		  }
+	      }
+	  need_comma = 1;
+	}
+
+    }
+  if (tname->p[-1] == '>')
+    string_append (tname, " ");
+  string_append (tname, "> class");
+  return (success);
+}
+
+static int
+demangle_expression (work, mangled, s, tk)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char** mangled;
+     string* s;
+     type_kind_t tk;
+{
+  int need_operator = 0;
+  int success;
+
+  success = 1;
+  string_appendn (s, "(", 1);
+  (*mangled)++;
+  while (success && **mangled != 'W' && **mangled != '\0')
+    {
+      if (need_operator)
+	{
+	  size_t i;
+	  size_t len;
+
+	  success = 0;
+
+	  len = strlen (*mangled);
+
+	  for (i = 0; i < G_N_ELEMENTS (optable); ++i)
+	    {
+	      size_t l = strlen (optable[i].in);
+
+	      if (l <= len
+		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, *mangled, l) == 0)
+		{
+		  string_appendn (s, " ", 1);
+		  string_append (s, optable[i].out);
+		  string_appendn (s, " ", 1);
+		  success = 1;
+		  (*mangled) += l;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (!success)
+	    break;
+	}
+      else
+	need_operator = 1;
+
+      success = demangle_template_value_parm (work, mangled, s, tk);
+    }
+
+  if (**mangled != 'W')
+    success = 0;
+  else
+    {
+      string_appendn (s, ")", 1);
+      (*mangled)++;
+    }
+
+  return success;
+}
+
+static int
+demangle_integral_value (work, mangled, s)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char** mangled;
+     string* s;
+{
+  int success;
+
+  if (**mangled == 'E')
+    success = demangle_expression (work, mangled, s, tk_integral);
+  else if (**mangled == 'Q' || **mangled == 'K')
+    success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, s, 0, 1);
+  else
+    {
+      int value;
+
+      /* By default, we let the number decide whether we shall consume an
+	 underscore.  */
+      int multidigit_without_leading_underscore = 0;
+      int leave_following_underscore = 0;
+
+      success = 0;
+
+      if (**mangled == '_')
+        {
+	  if (mangled[0][1] == 'm')
+	    {
+	      /* Since consume_count_with_underscores does not handle the
+		 `m'-prefix we must do it here, using consume_count and
+		 adjusting underscores: we have to consume the underscore
+		 matching the prepended one.  */
+	      multidigit_without_leading_underscore = 1;
+	      string_appendn (s, "-", 1);
+	      (*mangled) += 2;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Do not consume a following underscore;
+	         consume_count_with_underscores will consume what
+	         should be consumed.  */
+	      leave_following_underscore = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Negative numbers are indicated with a leading `m'.  */
+	  if (**mangled == 'm')
+	  {
+	    string_appendn (s, "-", 1);
+	    (*mangled)++;
+	  }
+	  /* Since consume_count_with_underscores does not handle
+	     multi-digit numbers that do not start with an underscore,
+	     and this number can be an integer template parameter,
+	     we have to call consume_count. */
+	  multidigit_without_leading_underscore = 1;
+	  /* These multi-digit numbers never end on an underscore,
+	     so if there is one then don't eat it. */
+	  leave_following_underscore = 1;
+	}
+
+      /* We must call consume_count if we expect to remove a trailing
+	 underscore, since consume_count_with_underscores expects
+	 the leading underscore (that we consumed) if it is to handle
+	 multi-digit numbers.  */
+      if (multidigit_without_leading_underscore)
+	value = consume_count (mangled);
+      else
+	value = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled);
+
+      if (value != -1)
+	{
+	  char buf[INTBUF_SIZE];
+	  sprintf (buf, "%d", value);
+	  string_append (s, buf);
+
+	  /* Numbers not otherwise delimited, might have an underscore
+	     appended as a delimeter, which we should skip.
+
+	     ??? This used to always remove a following underscore, which
+	     is wrong.  If other (arbitrary) cases are followed by an
+	     underscore, we need to do something more radical.  */
+
+	  if ((value > 9 || multidigit_without_leading_underscore)
+	      && ! leave_following_underscore
+	      && **mangled == '_')
+	    (*mangled)++;
+
+	  /* All is well.  */
+	  success = 1;
+	}
+      }
+
+  return success;
+}
+
+/* Demangle the real value in MANGLED.  */
+
+static int
+demangle_real_value (work, mangled, s)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string* s;
+{
+  if (**mangled == 'E')
+    return demangle_expression (work, mangled, s, tk_real);
+
+  if (**mangled == 'm')
+    {
+      string_appendn (s, "-", 1);
+      (*mangled)++;
+    }
+  while (g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)**mangled))
+    {
+      string_appendn (s, *mangled, 1);
+      (*mangled)++;
+    }
+  if (**mangled == '.') /* fraction */
+    {
+      string_appendn (s, ".", 1);
+      (*mangled)++;
+      while (g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)**mangled))
+	{
+	  string_appendn (s, *mangled, 1);
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	}
+    }
+  if (**mangled == 'e') /* exponent */
+    {
+      string_appendn (s, "e", 1);
+      (*mangled)++;
+      while (g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)**mangled))
+	{
+	  string_appendn (s, *mangled, 1);
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+demangle_template_value_parm (work, mangled, s, tk)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string* s;
+     type_kind_t tk;
+{
+  int success = 1;
+
+  if (**mangled == 'Y')
+    {
+      /* The next argument is a template parameter. */
+      int idx;
+
+      (*mangled)++;
+      idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled);
+      if (idx == -1
+	  || (work->tmpl_argvec && idx >= work->ntmpl_args)
+	  || consume_count_with_underscores (mangled) == -1)
+	return -1;
+      if (work->tmpl_argvec)
+	string_append (s, work->tmpl_argvec[idx]);
+      else
+	string_append_template_idx (s, idx);
+    }
+  else if (tk == tk_integral)
+    success = demangle_integral_value (work, mangled, s);
+  else if (tk == tk_char)
+    {
+      char tmp[2];
+      int val;
+      if (**mangled == 'm')
+	{
+	  string_appendn (s, "-", 1);
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	}
+      string_appendn (s, "'", 1);
+      val = consume_count(mangled);
+      if (val <= 0)
+	success = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  tmp[0] = (char)val;
+	  tmp[1] = '\0';
+	  string_appendn (s, &tmp[0], 1);
+	  string_appendn (s, "'", 1);
+	}
+    }
+  else if (tk == tk_bool)
+    {
+      int val = consume_count (mangled);
+      if (val == 0)
+	string_appendn (s, "false", 5);
+      else if (val == 1)
+	string_appendn (s, "true", 4);
+      else
+	success = 0;
+    }
+  else if (tk == tk_real)
+    success = demangle_real_value (work, mangled, s);
+  else if (tk == tk_pointer || tk == tk_reference)
+    {
+      if (**mangled == 'Q')
+	success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, s,
+				      /*isfuncname=*/0, 
+				      /*append=*/1);
+      else
+	{
+	  int symbol_len  = consume_count (mangled);
+	  if (symbol_len == -1)
+	    return -1;
+	  if (symbol_len == 0)
+	    string_appendn (s, "0", 1);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      char *p = g_malloc (symbol_len + 1), *q;
+	      strncpy (p, *mangled, symbol_len);
+	      p [symbol_len] = '\0';
+	      /* We use cplus_demangle here, rather than
+		 internal_cplus_demangle, because the name of the entity
+		 mangled here does not make use of any of the squangling
+		 or type-code information we have built up thus far; it is
+		 mangled independently.  */
+	      q = sysprof_cplus_demangle (p, work->options);
+	      if (tk == tk_pointer)
+		string_appendn (s, "&", 1);
+	      /* FIXME: Pointer-to-member constants should get a
+		 qualifying class name here.  */
+	      if (q)
+		{
+		  string_append (s, q);
+		  g_free (q);
+		}
+	      else
+		string_append (s, p);
+	      g_free (p);
+	    }
+	  *mangled += symbol_len;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return success;
+}
+
+/* Demangle the template name in MANGLED.  The full name of the
+   template (e.g., S<int>) is placed in TNAME.  The name without the
+   template parameters (e.g. S) is placed in TRAWNAME if TRAWNAME is
+   non-NULL.  If IS_TYPE is nonzero, this template is a type template,
+   not a function template.  If both IS_TYPE and REMEMBER are nonzero,
+   the template is remembered in the list of back-referenceable
+   types.  */
+
+static int
+demangle_template (work, mangled, tname, trawname, is_type, remember)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *tname;
+     string *trawname;
+     int is_type;
+     int remember;
+{
+  int i;
+  int r;
+  int need_comma = 0;
+  int success = 0;
+  int is_java_array = 0;
+  string temp;
+
+  (*mangled)++;
+  if (is_type)
+    {
+      /* get template name */
+      if (**mangled == 'z')
+	{
+	  int idx;
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  (*mangled)++;
+
+	  idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled);
+	  if (idx == -1
+	      || (work->tmpl_argvec && idx >= work->ntmpl_args)
+	      || consume_count_with_underscores (mangled) == -1)
+	    return (0);
+
+	  if (work->tmpl_argvec)
+	    {
+	      string_append (tname, work->tmpl_argvec[idx]);
+	      if (trawname)
+		string_append (trawname, work->tmpl_argvec[idx]);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      string_append_template_idx (tname, idx);
+	      if (trawname)
+		string_append_template_idx (trawname, idx);
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if ((r = consume_count (mangled)) <= 0
+	      || (int) strlen (*mangled) < r)
+	    {
+	      return (0);
+	    }
+	  is_java_array = (work -> options & DMGL_JAVA)
+	    && strncmp (*mangled, "JArray1Z", 8) == 0;
+	  if (! is_java_array)
+	    {
+	      string_appendn (tname, *mangled, r);
+	    }
+	  if (trawname)
+	    string_appendn (trawname, *mangled, r);
+	  *mangled += r;
+	}
+    }
+  if (!is_java_array)
+    string_append (tname, "<");
+  /* get size of template parameter list */
+  if (!get_count (mangled, &r))
+    {
+      return (0);
+    }
+  if (!is_type)
+    {
+      /* Create an array for saving the template argument values. */
+      work->tmpl_argvec = (char**) g_malloc (r * sizeof (char *));
+      work->ntmpl_args = r;
+      for (i = 0; i < r; i++)
+	work->tmpl_argvec[i] = 0;
+    }
+  for (i = 0; i < r; i++)
+    {
+      if (need_comma)
+	{
+	  string_append (tname, ", ");
+	}
+      /* Z for type parameters */
+      if (**mangled == 'Z')
+	{
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  /* temp is initialized in do_type */
+	  success = do_type (work, mangled, &temp);
+	  if (success)
+	    {
+	      string_appends (tname, &temp);
+
+	      if (!is_type)
+		{
+		  /* Save the template argument. */
+		  int len = temp.p - temp.b;
+		  work->tmpl_argvec[i] = g_malloc (len + 1);
+		  memcpy (work->tmpl_argvec[i], temp.b, len);
+		  work->tmpl_argvec[i][len] = '\0';
+		}
+	    }
+	  string_delete(&temp);
+	  if (!success)
+	    {
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      /* z for template parameters */
+      else if (**mangled == 'z')
+	{
+	  int r2;
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  success = demangle_template_template_parm (work, mangled, tname);
+
+	  if (success
+	      && (r2 = consume_count (mangled)) > 0
+	      && (int) strlen (*mangled) >= r2)
+	    {
+	      string_append (tname, " ");
+	      string_appendn (tname, *mangled, r2);
+	      if (!is_type)
+		{
+		  /* Save the template argument. */
+		  int len = r2;
+		  work->tmpl_argvec[i] = g_malloc (len + 1);
+		  memcpy (work->tmpl_argvec[i], *mangled, len);
+		  work->tmpl_argvec[i][len] = '\0';
+		}
+	      *mangled += r2;
+	    }
+	  if (!success)
+	    {
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  string  param;
+	  string* s;
+
+	  /* otherwise, value parameter */
+
+	  /* temp is initialized in do_type */
+	  success = do_type (work, mangled, &temp);
+	  string_delete(&temp);
+	  if (!success)
+	    break;
+
+	  if (!is_type)
+	    {
+	      s = &param;
+	      string_init (s);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    s = tname;
+
+	  success = demangle_template_value_parm (work, mangled, s,
+						  (type_kind_t) success);
+
+	  if (!success)
+	    {
+	      if (!is_type)
+		string_delete (s);
+	      success = 0;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  if (!is_type)
+	    {
+	      int len = s->p - s->b;
+	      work->tmpl_argvec[i] = g_malloc (len + 1);
+	      memcpy (work->tmpl_argvec[i], s->b, len);
+	      work->tmpl_argvec[i][len] = '\0';
+
+	      string_appends (tname, s);
+	      string_delete (s);
+	    }
+	}
+      need_comma = 1;
+    }
+  if (is_java_array)
+    {
+      string_append (tname, "[]");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (tname->p[-1] == '>')
+	string_append (tname, " ");
+      string_append (tname, ">");
+    }
+
+  if (is_type && remember)
+    {
+      const int bindex = register_Btype (work);
+      remember_Btype (work, tname->b, LEN_STRING (tname), bindex);
+    }
+
+  /*
+    if (work -> static_type)
+    {
+    string_append (declp, *mangled + 1);
+    *mangled += strlen (*mangled);
+    success = 1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+    success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+    }
+    }
+    */
+  return (success);
+}
+
+static int
+arm_pt (work, mangled, n, anchor, args)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char *mangled;
+     int n;
+     const char **anchor, **args;
+{
+  /* Check if ARM template with "__pt__" in it ("parameterized type") */
+  /* Allow HP also here, because HP's cfront compiler follows ARM to some extent */
+  if ((ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING) && (*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__pt__")))
+    {
+      int len;
+      *args = *anchor + 6;
+      len = consume_count (args);
+      if (len == -1)
+	return 0;
+      if (*args + len == mangled + n && **args == '_')
+	{
+	  ++*args;
+	  return 1;
+	}
+    }
+  if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING)
+    {
+      if ((*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__tm__"))
+          || (*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__ps__"))
+          || (*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__pt__")))
+        {
+          int len;
+          *args = *anchor + 6;
+          len = consume_count (args);
+	  if (len == -1)
+	    return 0;
+          if (*args + len == mangled + n && **args == '_')
+            {
+              ++*args;
+              return 1;
+            }
+        }
+      else if ((*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__S")))
+        {
+ 	  int len;
+ 	  *args = *anchor + 3;
+ 	  len = consume_count (args);
+	  if (len == -1)
+	    return 0;
+ 	  if (*args + len == mangled + n && **args == '_')
+            {
+              ++*args;
+ 	      return 1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+demangle_arm_hp_template (work, mangled, n, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     int n;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  const char *p;
+  const char *args;
+  const char *e = *mangled + n;
+  string arg;
+
+  /* Check for HP aCC template spec: classXt1t2 where t1, t2 are
+     template args */
+  if (HP_DEMANGLING && ((*mangled)[n] == 'X'))
+    {
+      char *start_spec_args = NULL;
+      int hold_options;
+
+      /* First check for and omit template specialization pseudo-arguments,
+         such as in "Spec<#1,#1.*>" */
+      start_spec_args = strchr (*mangled, '<');
+      if (start_spec_args && (start_spec_args - *mangled < n))
+        string_appendn (declp, *mangled, start_spec_args - *mangled);
+      else
+        string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n);
+      (*mangled) += n + 1;
+      string_init (&arg);
+      if (work->temp_start == -1) /* non-recursive call */
+        work->temp_start = declp->p - declp->b;
+
+      /* We want to unconditionally demangle parameter types in
+	 template parameters.  */
+      hold_options = work->options;
+      work->options |= DMGL_PARAMS;
+
+      string_append (declp, "<");
+      while (1)
+        {
+          string_delete (&arg);
+          switch (**mangled)
+            {
+              case 'T':
+                /* 'T' signals a type parameter */
+                (*mangled)++;
+                if (!do_type (work, mangled, &arg))
+                  goto hpacc_template_args_done;
+                break;
+
+              case 'U':
+              case 'S':
+                /* 'U' or 'S' signals an integral value */
+                if (!do_hpacc_template_const_value (work, mangled, &arg))
+                  goto hpacc_template_args_done;
+                break;
+
+              case 'A':
+                /* 'A' signals a named constant expression (literal) */
+                if (!do_hpacc_template_literal (work, mangled, &arg))
+                  goto hpacc_template_args_done;
+                break;
+
+              default:
+                /* Today, 1997-09-03, we have only the above types
+                   of template parameters */
+                /* FIXME: maybe this should fail and return null */
+                goto hpacc_template_args_done;
+            }
+          string_appends (declp, &arg);
+         /* Check if we're at the end of template args.
+             0 if at end of static member of template class,
+             _ if done with template args for a function */
+          if ((**mangled == '\000') || (**mangled == '_'))
+            break;
+          else
+            string_append (declp, ",");
+        }
+    hpacc_template_args_done:
+      string_append (declp, ">");
+      string_delete (&arg);
+      if (**mangled == '_')
+        (*mangled)++;
+      work->options = hold_options;
+      return;
+    }
+  /* ARM template? (Also handles HP cfront extensions) */
+  else if (arm_pt (work, *mangled, n, &p, &args))
+    {
+      int hold_options;
+      string type_str;
+
+      string_init (&arg);
+      string_appendn (declp, *mangled, p - *mangled);
+      if (work->temp_start == -1)  /* non-recursive call */
+	work->temp_start = declp->p - declp->b;
+
+      /* We want to unconditionally demangle parameter types in
+	 template parameters.  */
+      hold_options = work->options;
+      work->options |= DMGL_PARAMS;
+
+      string_append (declp, "<");
+      /* should do error checking here */
+      while (args < e) {
+	string_delete (&arg);
+
+	/* Check for type or literal here */
+	switch (*args)
+	  {
+	    /* HP cfront extensions to ARM for template args */
+	    /* spec: Xt1Lv1 where t1 is a type, v1 is a literal value */
+	    /* FIXME: We handle only numeric literals for HP cfront */
+          case 'X':
+            /* A typed constant value follows */
+            args++;
+            if (!do_type (work, &args, &type_str))
+	      goto cfront_template_args_done;
+            string_append (&arg, "(");
+            string_appends (&arg, &type_str);
+            string_delete (&type_str);
+            string_append (&arg, ")");
+            if (*args != 'L')
+              goto cfront_template_args_done;
+            args++;
+            /* Now snarf a literal value following 'L' */
+            if (!snarf_numeric_literal (&args, &arg))
+	      goto cfront_template_args_done;
+            break;
+
+          case 'L':
+            /* Snarf a literal following 'L' */
+            args++;
+            if (!snarf_numeric_literal (&args, &arg))
+	      goto cfront_template_args_done;
+            break;
+          default:
+            /* Not handling other HP cfront stuff */
+            {
+              const char* old_args = args;
+              if (!do_type (work, &args, &arg))
+                goto cfront_template_args_done;
+
+              /* Fail if we didn't make any progress: prevent infinite loop. */
+              if (args == old_args)
+		{
+		  work->options = hold_options;
+		  return;
+		}
+            }
+	  }
+	string_appends (declp, &arg);
+	string_append (declp, ",");
+      }
+    cfront_template_args_done:
+      string_delete (&arg);
+      if (args >= e)
+	--declp->p; /* remove extra comma */
+      string_append (declp, ">");
+      work->options = hold_options;
+    }
+  else if (n>10 && strncmp (*mangled, "_GLOBAL_", 8) == 0
+	   && (*mangled)[9] == 'N'
+	   && (*mangled)[8] == (*mangled)[10]
+	   && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[8]))
+    {
+      /* A member of the anonymous namespace.  */
+      string_append (declp, "{anonymous}");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (work->temp_start == -1) /* non-recursive call only */
+	work->temp_start = 0;     /* disable in recursive calls */
+      string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n);
+    }
+  *mangled += n;
+}
+
+/* Extract a class name, possibly a template with arguments, from the
+   mangled string; qualifiers, local class indicators, etc. have
+   already been dealt with */
+
+static int
+demangle_class_name (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int n;
+  int success = 0;
+
+  n = consume_count (mangled);
+  if (n == -1)
+    return 0;
+  if ((int) strlen (*mangled) >= n)
+    {
+      demangle_arm_hp_template (work, mangled, n, declp);
+      success = 1;
+    }
+
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	demangle_class -- demangle a mangled class sequence
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	demangle_class (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
+			strint *declp)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	DECLP points to the buffer into which demangling is being done.
+
+	*MANGLED points to the current token to be demangled.  On input,
+	it points to a mangled class (I.E. "3foo", "13verylongclass", etc.)
+	On exit, it points to the next token after the mangled class on
+	success, or the first unconsumed token on failure.
+
+	If the CONSTRUCTOR or DESTRUCTOR flags are set in WORK, then
+	we are demangling a constructor or destructor.  In this case
+	we prepend "class::class" or "class::~class" to DECLP.
+
+	Otherwise, we prepend "class::" to the current DECLP.
+
+	Reset the constructor/destructor flags once they have been
+	"consumed".  This allows demangle_class to be called later during
+	the same demangling, to do normal class demangling.
+
+	Returns 1 if demangling is successful, 0 otherwise.
+
+*/
+
+static int
+demangle_class (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int success = 0;
+  int btype;
+  string class_name;
+  char *save_class_name_end = 0;
+
+  string_init (&class_name);
+  btype = register_Btype (work);
+  if (demangle_class_name (work, mangled, &class_name))
+    {
+      save_class_name_end = class_name.p;
+      if ((work->constructor & 1) || (work->destructor & 1))
+	{
+          /* adjust so we don't include template args */
+          if (work->temp_start && (work->temp_start != -1))
+            {
+              class_name.p = class_name.b + work->temp_start;
+            }
+	  string_prepends (declp, &class_name);
+	  if (work -> destructor & 1)
+	    {
+	      string_prepend (declp, "~");
+              work -> destructor -= 1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      work -> constructor -= 1;
+	    }
+	}
+      class_name.p = save_class_name_end;
+      remember_Ktype (work, class_name.b, LEN_STRING(&class_name));
+      remember_Btype (work, class_name.b, LEN_STRING(&class_name), btype);
+      string_prepend (declp, SCOPE_STRING (work));
+      string_prepends (declp, &class_name);
+      success = 1;
+    }
+  string_delete (&class_name);
+  return (success);
+}
+
+
+/* Called when there's a "__" in the mangled name, with `scan' pointing to
+   the rightmost guess.
+
+   Find the correct "__"-sequence where the function name ends and the
+   signature starts, which is ambiguous with GNU mangling.
+   Call demangle_signature here, so we can make sure we found the right
+   one; *mangled will be consumed so caller will not make further calls to
+   demangle_signature.  */
+
+static int
+iterate_demangle_function (work, mangled, declp, scan)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+     const char *scan;
+{
+  const char *mangle_init = *mangled;
+  int success = 0;
+  string decl_init;
+  struct work_stuff work_init;
+
+  if (*(scan + 2) == '\0')
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Do not iterate for some demangling modes, or if there's only one
+     "__"-sequence.  This is the normal case.  */
+  if (ARM_DEMANGLING || LUCID_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING
+      || strstr (scan + 2, "__") == NULL)
+    {
+      demangle_function_name (work, mangled, declp, scan);
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Save state so we can restart if the guess at the correct "__" was
+     wrong.  */
+  string_init (&decl_init);
+  string_appends (&decl_init, declp);
+  memset (&work_init, 0, sizeof work_init);
+  work_stuff_copy_to_from (&work_init, work);
+
+  /* Iterate over occurrences of __, allowing names and types to have a
+     "__" sequence in them.  We must start with the first (not the last)
+     occurrence, since "__" most often occur between independent mangled
+     parts, hence starting at the last occurence inside a signature
+     might get us a "successful" demangling of the signature.  */
+
+  while (scan[2])
+    {
+      demangle_function_name (work, mangled, declp, scan);
+      success = demangle_signature (work, mangled, declp);
+      if (success)
+	break;
+
+      /* Reset demangle state for the next round.  */
+      *mangled = mangle_init;
+      string_clear (declp);
+      string_appends (declp, &decl_init);
+      work_stuff_copy_to_from (work, &work_init);
+
+      /* Leave this underscore-sequence.  */
+      scan += 2;
+
+      /* Scan for the next "__" sequence.  */
+      while (*scan && (scan[0] != '_' || scan[1] != '_'))
+	scan++;
+
+      /* Move to last "__" in this sequence.  */
+      while (*scan && *scan == '_')
+	scan++;
+      scan -= 2;
+    }
+
+  /* Delete saved state.  */
+  delete_work_stuff (&work_init);
+  string_delete (&decl_init);
+
+  return success;
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	demangle_prefix -- consume the mangled name prefix and find signature
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	demangle_prefix (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
+			 string *declp);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Consume and demangle the prefix of the mangled name.
+	While processing the function name root, arrange to call
+	demangle_signature if the root is ambiguous.
+
+	DECLP points to the string buffer into which demangled output is
+	placed.  On entry, the buffer is empty.  On exit it contains
+	the root function name, the demangled operator name, or in some
+	special cases either nothing or the completely demangled result.
+
+	MANGLED points to the current pointer into the mangled name.  As each
+	token of the mangled name is consumed, it is updated.  Upon entry
+	the current mangled name pointer points to the first character of
+	the mangled name.  Upon exit, it should point to the first character
+	of the signature if demangling was successful, or to the first
+	unconsumed character if demangling of the prefix was unsuccessful.
+
+	Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+
+static int
+demangle_prefix (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int success = 1;
+  const char *scan;
+  int i;
+
+  if (strlen(*mangled) > 6
+      && (strncmp(*mangled, "_imp__", 6) == 0
+          || strncmp(*mangled, "__imp_", 6) == 0))
+    {
+      /* it's a symbol imported from a PE dynamic library. Check for both
+         new style prefix _imp__ and legacy __imp_ used by older versions
+	 of dlltool. */
+      (*mangled) += 6;
+      work->dllimported = 1;
+    }
+  else if (strlen(*mangled) >= 11 && strncmp(*mangled, "_GLOBAL_", 8) == 0)
+    {
+      char *marker = strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[8]);
+      if (marker != NULL && *marker == (*mangled)[10])
+	{
+	  if ((*mangled)[9] == 'D')
+	    {
+	      /* it's a GNU global destructor to be executed at program exit */
+	      (*mangled) += 11;
+	      work->destructor = 2;
+	      if (gnu_special (work, mangled, declp))
+		return success;
+	    }
+	  else if ((*mangled)[9] == 'I')
+	    {
+	      /* it's a GNU global constructor to be executed at program init */
+	      (*mangled) += 11;
+	      work->constructor = 2;
+	      if (gnu_special (work, mangled, declp))
+		return success;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if ((ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) && strncmp(*mangled, "__std__", 7) == 0)
+    {
+      /* it's a ARM global destructor to be executed at program exit */
+      (*mangled) += 7;
+      work->destructor = 2;
+    }
+  else if ((ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) && strncmp(*mangled, "__sti__", 7) == 0)
+    {
+      /* it's a ARM global constructor to be executed at program initial */
+      (*mangled) += 7;
+      work->constructor = 2;
+    }
+
+  /*  This block of code is a reduction in strength time optimization
+      of:
+      scan = strstr (*mangled, "__"); */
+
+  {
+    scan = *mangled;
+
+    do {
+      scan = strchr (scan, '_');
+    } while (scan != NULL && *++scan != '_');
+
+    if (scan != NULL) --scan;
+  }
+
+  if (scan != NULL)
+    {
+      /* We found a sequence of two or more '_', ensure that we start at
+	 the last pair in the sequence.  */
+      i = strspn (scan, "_");
+      if (i > 2)
+	{
+	  scan += (i - 2);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (scan == NULL)
+    {
+      success = 0;
+    }
+  else if (work -> static_type)
+    {
+      if (!g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)scan[0]) && (scan[0] != 't'))
+	{
+	  success = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  else if ((scan == *mangled)
+	   && (g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)scan[2]) || (scan[2] == 'Q')
+	       || (scan[2] == 't') || (scan[2] == 'K') || (scan[2] == 'H')))
+    {
+      /* The ARM says nothing about the mangling of local variables.
+	 But cfront mangles local variables by prepending __<nesting_level>
+	 to them. As an extension to ARM demangling we handle this case.  */
+      if ((LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING)
+	  && g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)scan[2]))
+	{
+	  *mangled = scan + 2;
+	  consume_count (mangled);
+	  string_append (declp, *mangled);
+	  *mangled += strlen (*mangled);
+	  success = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* A GNU style constructor starts with __[0-9Qt].  But cfront uses
+	     names like __Q2_3foo3bar for nested type names.  So don't accept
+	     this style of constructor for cfront demangling.  A GNU
+	     style member-template constructor starts with 'H'. */
+	  if (!(LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING))
+	    work -> constructor += 1;
+	  *mangled = scan + 2;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (ARM_DEMANGLING && scan[2] == 'p' && scan[3] == 't')
+    {
+      /* Cfront-style parameterized type.  Handled later as a signature. */
+      success = 1;
+
+      /* ARM template? */
+      demangle_arm_hp_template (work, mangled, strlen (*mangled), declp);
+    }
+  else if (EDG_DEMANGLING && ((scan[2] == 't' && scan[3] == 'm')
+                              || (scan[2] == 'p' && scan[3] == 's')
+                              || (scan[2] == 'p' && scan[3] == 't')))
+    {
+      /* EDG-style parameterized type.  Handled later as a signature. */
+      success = 1;
+
+      /* EDG template? */
+      demangle_arm_hp_template (work, mangled, strlen (*mangled), declp);
+    }
+  else if ((scan == *mangled) && !g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)scan[2])
+	   && (scan[2] != 't'))
+    {
+      /* Mangled name starts with "__".  Skip over any leading '_' characters,
+	 then find the next "__" that separates the prefix from the signature.
+	 */
+      if (!(ARM_DEMANGLING || LUCID_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING)
+	  || (arm_special (mangled, declp) == 0))
+	{
+	  while (*scan == '_')
+	    {
+	      scan++;
+	    }
+	  if ((scan = strstr (scan, "__")) == NULL || (*(scan + 2) == '\0'))
+	    {
+	      /* No separator (I.E. "__not_mangled"), or empty signature
+		 (I.E. "__not_mangled_either__") */
+	      success = 0;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    return iterate_demangle_function (work, mangled, declp, scan);
+	}
+    }
+  else if (*(scan + 2) != '\0')
+    {
+      /* Mangled name does not start with "__" but does have one somewhere
+	 in there with non empty stuff after it.  Looks like a global
+	 function name.  Iterate over all "__":s until the right
+	 one is found.  */
+      return iterate_demangle_function (work, mangled, declp, scan);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Doesn't look like a mangled name */
+      success = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (!success && (work->constructor == 2 || work->destructor == 2))
+    {
+      string_append (declp, *mangled);
+      *mangled += strlen (*mangled);
+      success = 1;
+    }
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	gnu_special -- special handling of gnu mangled strings
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	gnu_special (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
+		     string *declp);
+
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Process some special GNU style mangling forms that don't fit
+	the normal pattern.  For example:
+
+		_$_3foo		(destructor for class foo)
+		_vt$foo		(foo virtual table)
+		_vt$foo$bar	(foo::bar virtual table)
+		__vt_foo	(foo virtual table, new style with thunks)
+		_3foo$varname	(static data member)
+		_Q22rs2tu$vw	(static data member)
+		__t6vector1Zii	(constructor with template)
+		__thunk_4__$_7ostream (virtual function thunk)
+ */
+
+static int
+gnu_special (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int n;
+  int success = 1;
+  const char *p;
+
+  if ((*mangled)[0] == '_'
+      && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[1]) != NULL
+      && (*mangled)[2] == '_')
+    {
+      /* Found a GNU style destructor, get past "_<CPLUS_MARKER>_" */
+      (*mangled) += 3;
+      work -> destructor += 1;
+    }
+  else if ((*mangled)[0] == '_'
+	   && (((*mangled)[1] == '_'
+		&& (*mangled)[2] == 'v'
+		&& (*mangled)[3] == 't'
+		&& (*mangled)[4] == '_')
+	       || ((*mangled)[1] == 'v'
+		   && (*mangled)[2] == 't'
+		   && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[3]) != NULL)))
+    {
+      /* Found a GNU style virtual table, get past "_vt<CPLUS_MARKER>"
+         and create the decl.  Note that we consume the entire mangled
+	 input string, which means that demangle_signature has no work
+	 to do.  */
+      if ((*mangled)[2] == 'v')
+	(*mangled) += 5; /* New style, with thunks: "__vt_" */
+      else
+	(*mangled) += 4; /* Old style, no thunks: "_vt<CPLUS_MARKER>" */
+      while (**mangled != '\0')
+	{
+	  switch (**mangled)
+	    {
+	    case 'Q':
+	    case 'K':
+	      success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1);
+	      break;
+	    case 't':
+	      success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1,
+					   1);
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      if (g_ascii_isdigit((unsigned char)*mangled[0]))
+		{
+		  n = consume_count(mangled);
+		  /* We may be seeing a too-large size, or else a
+		     ".<digits>" indicating a static local symbol.  In
+		     any case, declare victory and move on; *don't* try
+		     to use n to allocate.  */
+		  if (n > (int) strlen (*mangled))
+		    {
+		      success = 1;
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  n = strcspn (*mangled, cplus_markers);
+		}
+	      string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n);
+	      (*mangled) += n;
+	    }
+
+	  p = strpbrk (*mangled, cplus_markers);
+	  if (success && ((p == NULL) || (p == *mangled)))
+	    {
+	      if (p != NULL)
+		{
+		  string_append (declp, SCOPE_STRING (work));
+		  (*mangled)++;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      success = 0;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (success)
+	string_append (declp, " virtual table");
+    }
+  else if ((*mangled)[0] == '_'
+	   && (strchr("0123456789Qt", (*mangled)[1]) != NULL)
+	   && (p = strpbrk (*mangled, cplus_markers)) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* static data member, "_3foo$varname" for example */
+      (*mangled)++;
+      switch (**mangled)
+	{
+	case 'Q':
+	case 'K':
+	  success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1);
+	  break;
+	case 't':
+	  success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1, 1);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  n = consume_count (mangled);
+	  if (n < 0 || n > (long) strlen (*mangled))
+	    {
+	      success = 0;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  if (n > 10 && strncmp (*mangled, "_GLOBAL_", 8) == 0
+	      && (*mangled)[9] == 'N'
+	      && (*mangled)[8] == (*mangled)[10]
+	      && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[8]))
+	    {
+	      /* A member of the anonymous namespace.  There's information
+		 about what identifier or filename it was keyed to, but
+		 it's just there to make the mangled name unique; we just
+		 step over it.  */
+	      string_append (declp, "{anonymous}");
+	      (*mangled) += n;
+
+	      /* Now p points to the marker before the N, so we need to
+		 update it to the first marker after what we consumed.  */
+	      p = strpbrk (*mangled, cplus_markers);
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n);
+	  (*mangled) += n;
+	}
+      if (success && (p == *mangled))
+	{
+	  /* Consumed everything up to the cplus_marker, append the
+	     variable name.  */
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  string_append (declp, SCOPE_STRING (work));
+	  n = strlen (*mangled);
+	  string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n);
+	  (*mangled) += n;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  success = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (strncmp (*mangled, "__thunk_", 8) == 0)
+    {
+      int delta;
+
+      (*mangled) += 8;
+      delta = consume_count (mangled);
+      if (delta == -1)
+	success = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  char *method = internal_cplus_demangle (work, ++*mangled);
+
+	  if (method)
+	    {
+	      char buf[50];
+	      sprintf (buf, "virtual function thunk (delta:%d) for ", -delta);
+	      string_append (declp, buf);
+	      string_append (declp, method);
+	      g_free (method);
+	      n = strlen (*mangled);
+	      (*mangled) += n;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      success = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if (strncmp (*mangled, "__t", 3) == 0
+	   && ((*mangled)[3] == 'i' || (*mangled)[3] == 'f'))
+    {
+      p = (*mangled)[3] == 'i' ? " type_info node" : " type_info function";
+      (*mangled) += 4;
+      switch (**mangled)
+	{
+	case 'Q':
+	case 'K':
+	  success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1);
+	  break;
+	case 't':
+	  success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1, 1);
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  success = do_type (work, mangled, declp);
+	  break;
+	}
+      if (success && **mangled != '\0')
+	success = 0;
+      if (success)
+	string_append (declp, p);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      success = 0;
+    }
+  return (success);
+}
+
+static void
+recursively_demangle(work, mangled, result, namelength)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *result;
+     int namelength;
+{
+  char * recurse = (char *)NULL;
+  char * recurse_dem = (char *)NULL;
+
+  recurse = (char *) g_malloc (namelength + 1);
+  memcpy (recurse, *mangled, namelength);
+  recurse[namelength] = '\000';
+
+  recurse_dem = sysprof_cplus_demangle (recurse, work->options);
+
+  if (recurse_dem)
+    {
+      string_append (result, recurse_dem);
+      g_free (recurse_dem);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      string_appendn (result, *mangled, namelength);
+    }
+  g_free (recurse);
+  *mangled += namelength;
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	arm_special -- special handling of ARM/lucid mangled strings
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	arm_special (const char **mangled,
+		     string *declp);
+
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Process some special ARM style mangling forms that don't fit
+	the normal pattern.  For example:
+
+		__vtbl__3foo		(foo virtual table)
+		__vtbl__3foo__3bar	(bar::foo virtual table)
+
+ */
+
+static int
+arm_special (mangled, declp)
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int n;
+  int success = 1;
+  const char *scan;
+
+  if (strncmp (*mangled, ARM_VTABLE_STRING, ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Found a ARM style virtual table, get past ARM_VTABLE_STRING
+         and create the decl.  Note that we consume the entire mangled
+	 input string, which means that demangle_signature has no work
+	 to do.  */
+      scan = *mangled + ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN;
+      while (*scan != '\0')        /* first check it can be demangled */
+        {
+          n = consume_count (&scan);
+          if (n == -1)
+	    {
+	      return (0);           /* no good */
+	    }
+          scan += n;
+          if (scan[0] == '_' && scan[1] == '_')
+	    {
+	      scan += 2;
+	    }
+        }
+      (*mangled) += ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN;
+      while (**mangled != '\0')
+	{
+	  n = consume_count (mangled);
+          if (n == -1
+	      || n > (long) strlen (*mangled))
+	    return 0;
+	  string_prependn (declp, *mangled, n);
+	  (*mangled) += n;
+	  if ((*mangled)[0] == '_' && (*mangled)[1] == '_')
+	    {
+	      string_prepend (declp, "::");
+	      (*mangled) += 2;
+	    }
+	}
+      string_append (declp, " virtual table");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      success = 0;
+    }
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	demangle_qualified -- demangle 'Q' qualified name strings
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	demangle_qualified (struct work_stuff *, const char *mangled,
+			    string *result, int isfuncname, int append);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Demangle a qualified name, such as "Q25Outer5Inner" which is
+	the mangled form of "Outer::Inner".  The demangled output is
+	prepended or appended to the result string according to the
+	state of the append flag.
+
+	If isfuncname is nonzero, then the qualified name we are building
+	is going to be used as a member function name, so if it is a
+	constructor or destructor function, append an appropriate
+	constructor or destructor name.  I.E. for the above example,
+	the result for use as a constructor is "Outer::Inner::Inner"
+	and the result for use as a destructor is "Outer::Inner::~Inner".
+
+BUGS
+
+	Numeric conversion is ASCII dependent (FIXME).
+
+ */
+
+static int
+demangle_qualified (work, mangled, result, isfuncname, append)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *result;
+     int isfuncname;
+     int append;
+{
+  int qualifiers = 0;
+  int success = 1;
+  char num[2];
+  string temp;
+  string last_name;
+  int bindex = register_Btype (work);
+
+  /* We only make use of ISFUNCNAME if the entity is a constructor or
+     destructor.  */
+  isfuncname = (isfuncname
+		&& ((work->constructor & 1) || (work->destructor & 1)));
+
+  string_init (&temp);
+  string_init (&last_name);
+
+  if ((*mangled)[0] == 'K')
+    {
+    /* Squangling qualified name reuse */
+      int idx;
+      (*mangled)++;
+      idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled);
+      if (idx == -1 || idx >= work -> numk)
+        success = 0;
+      else
+        string_append (&temp, work -> ktypevec[idx]);
+    }
+  else
+    switch ((*mangled)[1])
+    {
+    case '_':
+      /* GNU mangled name with more than 9 classes.  The count is preceded
+	 by an underscore (to distinguish it from the <= 9 case) and followed
+	 by an underscore.  */
+      (*mangled)++;
+      qualifiers = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled);
+      if (qualifiers == -1)
+	success = 0;
+      break;
+
+    case '1':
+    case '2':
+    case '3':
+    case '4':
+    case '5':
+    case '6':
+    case '7':
+    case '8':
+    case '9':
+      /* The count is in a single digit.  */
+      num[0] = (*mangled)[1];
+      num[1] = '\0';
+      qualifiers = atoi (num);
+
+      /* If there is an underscore after the digit, skip it.  This is
+	 said to be for ARM-qualified names, but the ARM makes no
+	 mention of such an underscore.  Perhaps cfront uses one.  */
+      if ((*mangled)[2] == '_')
+	{
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	}
+      (*mangled) += 2;
+      break;
+
+    case '0':
+    default:
+      success = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (!success)
+    return success;
+
+  /* Pick off the names and collect them in the temp buffer in the order
+     in which they are found, separated by '::'.  */
+
+  while (qualifiers-- > 0)
+    {
+      int remember_K = 1;
+      string_clear (&last_name);
+
+      if (*mangled[0] == '_')
+	(*mangled)++;
+
+      if (*mangled[0] == 't')
+	{
+	  /* Here we always append to TEMP since we will want to use
+	     the template name without the template parameters as a
+	     constructor or destructor name.  The appropriate
+	     (parameter-less) value is returned by demangle_template
+	     in LAST_NAME.  We do not remember the template type here,
+	     in order to match the G++ mangling algorithm.  */
+	  success = demangle_template(work, mangled, &temp,
+				      &last_name, 1, 0);
+	  if (!success)
+	    break;
+	}
+      else if (*mangled[0] == 'K')
+	{
+          int idx;
+          (*mangled)++;
+          idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled);
+          if (idx == -1 || idx >= work->numk)
+            success = 0;
+          else
+            string_append (&temp, work->ktypevec[idx]);
+          remember_K = 0;
+
+	  if (!success) break;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (EDG_DEMANGLING)
+            {
+	      int namelength;
+ 	      /* Now recursively demangle the qualifier
+ 	       * This is necessary to deal with templates in
+ 	       * mangling styles like EDG */
+	      namelength = consume_count (mangled);
+	      if (namelength == -1)
+		{
+		  success = 0;
+		  break;
+		}
+ 	      recursively_demangle(work, mangled, &temp, namelength);
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              string_delete (&last_name);
+              success = do_type (work, mangled, &last_name);
+              if (!success)
+                break;
+              string_appends (&temp, &last_name);
+            }
+	}
+
+      if (remember_K)
+	remember_Ktype (work, temp.b, LEN_STRING (&temp));
+
+      if (qualifiers > 0)
+	string_append (&temp, SCOPE_STRING (work));
+    }
+
+  remember_Btype (work, temp.b, LEN_STRING (&temp), bindex);
+
+  /* If we are using the result as a function name, we need to append
+     the appropriate '::' separated constructor or destructor name.
+     We do this here because this is the most convenient place, where
+     we already have a pointer to the name and the length of the name.  */
+
+  if (isfuncname)
+    {
+      string_append (&temp, SCOPE_STRING (work));
+      if (work -> destructor & 1)
+	string_append (&temp, "~");
+      string_appends (&temp, &last_name);
+    }
+
+  /* Now either prepend the temp buffer to the result, or append it,
+     depending upon the state of the append flag.  */
+
+  if (append)
+    string_appends (result, &temp);
+  else
+    {
+      if (!STRING_EMPTY (result))
+	string_append (&temp, SCOPE_STRING (work));
+      string_prepends (result, &temp);
+    }
+
+  string_delete (&last_name);
+  string_delete (&temp);
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	get_count -- convert an ascii count to integer, consuming tokens
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	get_count (const char **type, int *count)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Assume that *type points at a count in a mangled name; set
+	*count to its value, and set *type to the next character after
+	the count.  There are some weird rules in effect here.
+
+	If *type does not point at a string of digits, return zero.
+
+	If *type points at a string of digits followed by an
+	underscore, set *count to their value as an integer, advance
+	*type to point *after the underscore, and return 1.
+
+	If *type points at a string of digits not followed by an
+	underscore, consume only the first digit.  Set *count to its
+	value as an integer, leave *type pointing after that digit,
+	and return 1.
+
+        The excuse for this odd behavior: in the ARM and HP demangling
+        styles, a type can be followed by a repeat count of the form
+        `Nxy', where:
+
+        `x' is a single digit specifying how many additional copies
+            of the type to append to the argument list, and
+
+        `y' is one or more digits, specifying the zero-based index of
+            the first repeated argument in the list.  Yes, as you're
+            unmangling the name you can figure this out yourself, but
+            it's there anyway.
+
+        So, for example, in `bar__3fooFPiN51', the first argument is a
+        pointer to an integer (`Pi'), and then the next five arguments
+        are the same (`N5'), and the first repeat is the function's
+        second argument (`1').
+*/
+
+static int
+get_count (type, count)
+     const char **type;
+     int *count;
+{
+  const char *p;
+  int n;
+
+  if (!g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)**type))
+    return (0);
+  else
+    {
+      *count = **type - '0';
+      (*type)++;
+      if (g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)**type))
+	{
+	  p = *type;
+	  n = *count;
+	  do
+	    {
+	      n *= 10;
+	      n += *p - '0';
+	      p++;
+	    }
+	  while (g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)*p));
+	  if (*p == '_')
+	    {
+	      *type = p + 1;
+	      *count = n;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  return (1);
+}
+
+/* RESULT will be initialised here; it will be freed on failure.  The
+   value returned is really a type_kind_t.  */
+
+static int
+do_type (work, mangled, result)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *result;
+{
+  int n;
+  int done;
+  int success;
+  string decl;
+  const char *remembered_type;
+  int type_quals;
+  type_kind_t tk = tk_none;
+
+  string_init (&decl);
+  string_init (result);
+
+  done = 0;
+  success = 1;
+  while (success && !done)
+    {
+      int member;
+      switch (**mangled)
+	{
+
+	  /* A pointer type */
+	case 'P':
+	case 'p':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  if (! (work -> options & DMGL_JAVA))
+	    string_prepend (&decl, "*");
+	  if (tk == tk_none)
+	    tk = tk_pointer;
+	  break;
+
+	  /* A reference type */
+	case 'R':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  string_prepend (&decl, "&");
+	  if (tk == tk_none)
+	    tk = tk_reference;
+	  break;
+
+	  /* An array */
+	case 'A':
+	  {
+	    ++(*mangled);
+	    if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl)
+		&& (decl.b[0] == '*' || decl.b[0] == '&'))
+	      {
+		string_prepend (&decl, "(");
+		string_append (&decl, ")");
+	      }
+	    string_append (&decl, "[");
+	    if (**mangled != '_')
+	      success = demangle_template_value_parm (work, mangled, &decl,
+						      tk_integral);
+	    if (**mangled == '_')
+	      ++(*mangled);
+	    string_append (&decl, "]");
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+	/* A back reference to a previously seen type */
+	case 'T':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  if (!get_count (mangled, &n) || n >= work -> ntypes)
+	    {
+	      success = 0;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      remembered_type = work -> typevec[n];
+	      mangled = &remembered_type;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	  /* A function */
+	case 'F':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	    if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl)
+		&& (decl.b[0] == '*' || decl.b[0] == '&'))
+	    {
+	      string_prepend (&decl, "(");
+	      string_append (&decl, ")");
+	    }
+	  /* After picking off the function args, we expect to either find the
+	     function return type (preceded by an '_') or the end of the
+	     string.  */
+	  if (!demangle_nested_args (work, mangled, &decl)
+	      || (**mangled != '_' && **mangled != '\0'))
+	    {
+	      success = 0;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  if (success && (**mangled == '_'))
+	    (*mangled)++;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'M':
+	case 'O':
+	  {
+	    type_quals = TYPE_UNQUALIFIED;
+
+	    member = **mangled == 'M';
+	    (*mangled)++;
+
+	    string_append (&decl, ")");
+
+	    /* We don't need to prepend `::' for a qualified name;
+	       demangle_qualified will do that for us.  */
+	    if (**mangled != 'Q')
+	      string_prepend (&decl, SCOPE_STRING (work));
+
+	    if (g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)**mangled))
+	      {
+		n = consume_count (mangled);
+		if (n == -1
+		    || (int) strlen (*mangled) < n)
+		  {
+		    success = 0;
+		    break;
+		  }
+		string_prependn (&decl, *mangled, n);
+		*mangled += n;
+	      }
+	    else if (**mangled == 'X' || **mangled == 'Y')
+	      {
+		string temp;
+		do_type (work, mangled, &temp);
+		string_prepends (&decl, &temp);
+		string_delete (&temp);
+	      }
+	    else if (**mangled == 't')
+	      {
+		string temp;
+		string_init (&temp);
+		success = demangle_template (work, mangled, &temp,
+					     NULL, 1, 1);
+		if (success)
+		  {
+		    string_prependn (&decl, temp.b, temp.p - temp.b);
+		    string_delete (&temp);
+		  }
+		else
+		  break;
+	      }
+	    else if (**mangled == 'Q')
+	      {
+		success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, &decl,
+					      /*isfuncnam=*/0, 
+					      /*append=*/0);
+		if (!success)
+		  break;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		success = 0;
+		break;
+	      }
+
+	    string_prepend (&decl, "(");
+	    if (member)
+	      {
+		switch (**mangled)
+		  {
+		  case 'C':
+		  case 'V':
+		  case 'u':
+		    type_quals |= code_for_qualifier (**mangled);
+		    (*mangled)++;
+		    break;
+
+		  default:
+		    break;
+		  }
+
+		if (*(*mangled)++ != 'F')
+		  {
+		    success = 0;
+		    break;
+		  }
+	      }
+	    if ((member && !demangle_nested_args (work, mangled, &decl))
+		|| **mangled != '_')
+	      {
+		success = 0;
+		break;
+	      }
+	    (*mangled)++;
+	    if (! PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS)
+	      {
+		break;
+	      }
+	    if (type_quals != TYPE_UNQUALIFIED)
+	      {
+		APPEND_BLANK (&decl);
+		string_append (&decl, qualifier_string (type_quals));
+	      }
+	    break;
+	  }
+        case 'G':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'C':
+	case 'V':
+	case 'u':
+	  if (PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS)
+	    {
+	      if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl))
+		string_prepend (&decl, " ");
+
+	      string_prepend (&decl, demangle_qualifier (**mangled));
+	    }
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  break;
+	  /*
+	    }
+	    */
+
+	  /* fall through */
+	default:
+	  done = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (success) switch (**mangled)
+    {
+      /* A qualified name, such as "Outer::Inner".  */
+    case 'Q':
+    case 'K':
+      {
+        success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, result, 0, 1);
+        break;
+      }
+
+    /* A back reference to a previously seen squangled type */
+    case 'B':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      if (!get_count (mangled, &n) || n >= work -> numb)
+	success = 0;
+      else
+	string_append (result, work->btypevec[n]);
+      break;
+
+    case 'X':
+    case 'Y':
+      /* A template parm.  We substitute the corresponding argument. */
+      {
+	int idx;
+
+	(*mangled)++;
+	idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled);
+
+	if (idx == -1
+	    || (work->tmpl_argvec && idx >= work->ntmpl_args)
+	    || consume_count_with_underscores (mangled) == -1)
+	  {
+	    success = 0;
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+	if (work->tmpl_argvec)
+	  string_append (result, work->tmpl_argvec[idx]);
+	else
+	  string_append_template_idx (result, idx);
+
+	success = 1;
+      }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+      success = demangle_fund_type (work, mangled, result);
+      if (tk == tk_none)
+	tk = (type_kind_t) success;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  if (success)
+    {
+      if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl))
+	{
+	  string_append (result, " ");
+	  string_appends (result, &decl);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    string_delete (result);
+  string_delete (&decl);
+
+  if (success)
+    /* Assume an integral type, if we're not sure.  */
+    return (int) ((tk == tk_none) ? tk_integral : tk);
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* Given a pointer to a type string that represents a fundamental type
+   argument (int, long, unsigned int, etc) in TYPE, a pointer to the
+   string in which the demangled output is being built in RESULT, and
+   the WORK structure, decode the types and add them to the result.
+
+   For example:
+
+   	"Ci"	=>	"const int"
+	"Sl"	=>	"signed long"
+	"CUs"	=>	"const unsigned short"
+
+   The value returned is really a type_kind_t.  */
+
+static int
+demangle_fund_type (work, mangled, result)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *result;
+{
+  int done = 0;
+  int success = 1;
+  char buf[10];
+  unsigned int dec = 0;
+  type_kind_t tk = tk_integral;
+
+  /* First pick off any type qualifiers.  There can be more than one.  */
+
+  while (!done)
+    {
+      switch (**mangled)
+	{
+	case 'C':
+	case 'V':
+	case 'u':
+	  if (PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS)
+	    {
+              if (!STRING_EMPTY (result))
+                string_prepend (result, " ");
+	      string_prepend (result, demangle_qualifier (**mangled));
+	    }
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  break;
+	case 'U':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	  string_append (result, "unsigned");
+	  break;
+	case 'S': /* signed char only */
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	  string_append (result, "signed");
+	  break;
+	case 'J':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	  string_append (result, "__complex");
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  done = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Now pick off the fundamental type.  There can be only one.  */
+
+  switch (**mangled)
+    {
+    case '\0':
+    case '_':
+      break;
+    case 'v':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "void");
+      break;
+    case 'x':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "long long");
+      break;
+    case 'l':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "long");
+      break;
+    case 'i':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "int");
+      break;
+    case 's':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "short");
+      break;
+    case 'b':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "bool");
+      tk = tk_bool;
+      break;
+    case 'c':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "char");
+      tk = tk_char;
+      break;
+    case 'w':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "wchar_t");
+      tk = tk_char;
+      break;
+    case 'r':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "long double");
+      tk = tk_real;
+      break;
+    case 'd':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "double");
+      tk = tk_real;
+      break;
+    case 'f':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, "float");
+      tk = tk_real;
+      break;
+    case 'G':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      if (!g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)**mangled))
+	{
+	  success = 0;
+	  break;
+	}
+    case 'I':
+      (*mangled)++;
+      if (**mangled == '_')
+	{
+	  int i;
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  for (i = 0;
+	       i < (long) sizeof (buf) - 1 && **mangled && **mangled != '_';
+	       (*mangled)++, i++)
+	    buf[i] = **mangled;
+	  if (**mangled != '_')
+	    {
+	      success = 0;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  buf[i] = '\0';
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  strncpy (buf, *mangled, 2);
+	  buf[2] = '\0';
+	  *mangled += min (strlen (*mangled), 2);
+	}
+      sscanf (buf, "%x", &dec);
+      sprintf (buf, "int%u_t", dec);
+      APPEND_BLANK (result);
+      string_append (result, buf);
+      break;
+
+      /* fall through */
+      /* An explicit type, such as "6mytype" or "7integer" */
+    case '0':
+    case '1':
+    case '2':
+    case '3':
+    case '4':
+    case '5':
+    case '6':
+    case '7':
+    case '8':
+    case '9':
+      {
+        int bindex = register_Btype (work);
+        string btype;
+        string_init (&btype);
+        if (demangle_class_name (work, mangled, &btype)) {
+          remember_Btype (work, btype.b, LEN_STRING (&btype), bindex);
+          APPEND_BLANK (result);
+          string_appends (result, &btype);
+        }
+        else
+          success = 0;
+        string_delete (&btype);
+        break;
+      }
+    case 't':
+      {
+        string btype;
+        string_init (&btype);
+        success = demangle_template (work, mangled, &btype, 0, 1, 1);
+        string_appends (result, &btype);
+        string_delete (&btype);
+        break;
+      }
+    default:
+      success = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return success ? ((int) tk) : 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Handle a template's value parameter for HP aCC (extension from ARM)
+   **mangled points to 'S' or 'U' */
+
+static int
+do_hpacc_template_const_value (work, mangled, result)
+     struct work_stuff *work ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *result;
+{
+  int unsigned_const;
+
+  if (**mangled != 'U' && **mangled != 'S')
+    return 0;
+
+  unsigned_const = (**mangled == 'U');
+
+  (*mangled)++;
+
+  switch (**mangled)
+    {
+      case 'N':
+        string_append (result, "-");
+        /* fall through */
+      case 'P':
+        (*mangled)++;
+        break;
+      case 'M':
+        /* special case for -2^31 */
+        string_append (result, "-2147483648");
+        (*mangled)++;
+        return 1;
+      default:
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* We have to be looking at an integer now */
+  if (!(g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)**mangled)))
+    return 0;
+
+  /* We only deal with integral values for template
+     parameters -- so it's OK to look only for digits */
+  while (g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)**mangled))
+    {
+      char_str[0] = **mangled;
+      string_append (result, char_str);
+      (*mangled)++;
+    }
+
+  if (unsigned_const)
+    string_append (result, "U");
+
+  /* FIXME? Some day we may have 64-bit (or larger :-) ) constants
+     with L or LL suffixes. pai/1997-09-03 */
+
+  return 1; /* success */
+}
+
+/* Handle a template's literal parameter for HP aCC (extension from ARM)
+   **mangled is pointing to the 'A' */
+
+static int
+do_hpacc_template_literal (work, mangled, result)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *result;
+{
+  int literal_len = 0;
+  char * recurse;
+  char * recurse_dem;
+
+  if (**mangled != 'A')
+    return 0;
+
+  (*mangled)++;
+
+  literal_len = consume_count (mangled);
+
+  if (literal_len <= 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Literal parameters are names of arrays, functions, etc.  and the
+     canonical representation uses the address operator */
+  string_append (result, "&");
+
+  /* Now recursively demangle the literal name */
+  recurse = (char *) g_malloc (literal_len + 1);
+  memcpy (recurse, *mangled, literal_len);
+  recurse[literal_len] = '\000';
+
+  recurse_dem = sysprof_cplus_demangle (recurse, work->options);
+
+  if (recurse_dem)
+    {
+      string_append (result, recurse_dem);
+      g_free (recurse_dem);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      string_appendn (result, *mangled, literal_len);
+    }
+  (*mangled) += literal_len;
+  g_free (recurse);
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+snarf_numeric_literal (args, arg)
+     const char ** args;
+     string * arg;
+{
+  if (**args == '-')
+    {
+      char_str[0] = '-';
+      string_append (arg, char_str);
+      (*args)++;
+    }
+  else if (**args == '+')
+    (*args)++;
+
+  if (!g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)**args))
+    return 0;
+
+  while (g_ascii_isdigit ((unsigned char)**args))
+    {
+      char_str[0] = **args;
+      string_append (arg, char_str);
+      (*args)++;
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Demangle the next argument, given by MANGLED into RESULT, which
+   *should be an uninitialized* string.  It will be initialized here,
+   and free'd should anything go wrong.  */
+
+static int
+do_arg (work, mangled, result)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *result;
+{
+  /* Remember where we started so that we can record the type, for
+     non-squangling type remembering.  */
+  const char *start = *mangled;
+
+  string_init (result);
+
+  if (work->nrepeats > 0)
+    {
+      --work->nrepeats;
+
+      if (work->previous_argument == 0)
+	return 0;
+
+      /* We want to reissue the previous type in this argument list.  */
+      string_appends (result, work->previous_argument);
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  if (**mangled == 'n')
+    {
+      /* A squangling-style repeat.  */
+      (*mangled)++;
+      work->nrepeats = consume_count(mangled);
+
+      if (work->nrepeats <= 0)
+	/* This was not a repeat count after all.  */
+	return 0;
+
+      if (work->nrepeats > 9)
+	{
+	  if (**mangled != '_')
+	    /* The repeat count should be followed by an '_' in this
+	       case.  */
+	    return 0;
+	  else
+	    (*mangled)++;
+	}
+
+      /* Now, the repeat is all set up.  */
+      return do_arg (work, mangled, result);
+    }
+
+  /* Save the result in WORK->previous_argument so that we can find it
+     if it's repeated.  Note that saving START is not good enough: we
+     do not want to add additional types to the back-referenceable
+     type vector when processing a repeated type.  */
+  if (work->previous_argument)
+    string_delete (work->previous_argument);
+  else
+    work->previous_argument = (string*) g_malloc (sizeof (string));
+
+  if (!do_type (work, mangled, work->previous_argument))
+    return 0;
+
+  string_appends (result, work->previous_argument);
+
+  remember_type (work, start, *mangled - start);
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static void
+remember_type (work, start, len)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char *start;
+     int len;
+{
+  char *tem;
+
+  if (work->forgetting_types)
+    return;
+
+  if (work -> ntypes >= work -> typevec_size)
+    {
+      if (work -> typevec_size == 0)
+	{
+	  work -> typevec_size = 3;
+	  work -> typevec
+	    = (char **) g_malloc (sizeof (char *) * work -> typevec_size);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  work -> typevec_size *= 2;
+	  work -> typevec
+	    = (char **) g_realloc ((char *)work -> typevec,
+				  sizeof (char *) * work -> typevec_size);
+	}
+    }
+  tem = g_malloc (len + 1);
+  memcpy (tem, start, len);
+  tem[len] = '\0';
+  work -> typevec[work -> ntypes++] = tem;
+}
+
+
+/* Remember a K type class qualifier. */
+static void
+remember_Ktype (work, start, len)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char *start;
+     int len;
+{
+  char *tem;
+
+  if (work -> numk >= work -> ksize)
+    {
+      if (work -> ksize == 0)
+	{
+	  work -> ksize = 5;
+	  work -> ktypevec
+	    = (char **) g_malloc (sizeof (char *) * work -> ksize);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  work -> ksize *= 2;
+	  work -> ktypevec
+	    = (char **) g_realloc ((char *)work -> ktypevec,
+				  sizeof (char *) * work -> ksize);
+	}
+    }
+  tem = g_malloc (len + 1);
+  memcpy (tem, start, len);
+  tem[len] = '\0';
+  work -> ktypevec[work -> numk++] = tem;
+}
+
+/* Register a B code, and get an index for it. B codes are registered
+   as they are seen, rather than as they are completed, so map<temp<char> >
+   registers map<temp<char> > as B0, and temp<char> as B1 */
+
+static int
+register_Btype (work)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+{
+  int ret;
+
+  if (work -> numb >= work -> bsize)
+    {
+      if (work -> bsize == 0)
+	{
+	  work -> bsize = 5;
+	  work -> btypevec
+	    = (char **) g_malloc (sizeof (char *) * work -> bsize);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  work -> bsize *= 2;
+	  work -> btypevec
+	    = (char **) g_realloc ((char *)work -> btypevec,
+				  sizeof (char *) * work -> bsize);
+	}
+    }
+  ret = work -> numb++;
+  work -> btypevec[ret] = NULL;
+  return(ret);
+}
+
+/* Store a value into a previously registered B code type. */
+
+static void
+remember_Btype (work, start, len, index)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char *start;
+     int len, index;
+{
+  char *tem;
+
+  tem = g_malloc (len + 1);
+  memcpy (tem, start, len);
+  tem[len] = '\0';
+  work -> btypevec[index] = tem;
+}
+
+/* Lose all the info related to B and K type codes. */
+static void
+forget_B_and_K_types (work)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  while (work -> numk > 0)
+    {
+      i = --(work -> numk);
+      if (work -> ktypevec[i] != NULL)
+	{
+	  g_free (work -> ktypevec[i]);
+	  work -> ktypevec[i] = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  while (work -> numb > 0)
+    {
+      i = --(work -> numb);
+      if (work -> btypevec[i] != NULL)
+	{
+	  g_free (work -> btypevec[i]);
+	  work -> btypevec[i] = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+}
+/* Forget the remembered types, but not the type vector itself.  */
+
+static void
+forget_types (work)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  while (work -> ntypes > 0)
+    {
+      i = --(work -> ntypes);
+      if (work -> typevec[i] != NULL)
+	{
+	  g_free (work -> typevec[i]);
+	  work -> typevec[i] = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Process the argument list part of the signature, after any class spec
+   has been consumed, as well as the first 'F' character (if any).  For
+   example:
+
+   "__als__3fooRT0"		=>	process "RT0"
+   "complexfunc5__FPFPc_PFl_i"	=>	process "PFPc_PFl_i"
+
+   DECLP must be already initialised, usually non-empty.  It won't be freed
+   on failure.
+
+   Note that g++ differs significantly from ARM and lucid style mangling
+   with regards to references to previously seen types.  For example, given
+   the source fragment:
+
+     class foo {
+       public:
+       foo::foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic);
+     };
+
+     foo::foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic) { ia = ib = ic; }
+     void foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic) { ia = ib = ic; }
+
+   g++ produces the names:
+
+     __3fooiRT0iT2iT2
+     foo__FiR3fooiT1iT1
+
+   while lcc (and presumably other ARM style compilers as well) produces:
+
+     foo__FiR3fooT1T2T1T2
+     __ct__3fooFiR3fooT1T2T1T2
+
+   Note that g++ bases its type numbers starting at zero and counts all
+   previously seen types, while lucid/ARM bases its type numbers starting
+   at one and only considers types after it has seen the 'F' character
+   indicating the start of the function args.  For lucid/ARM style, we
+   account for this difference by discarding any previously seen types when
+   we see the 'F' character, and subtracting one from the type number
+   reference.
+
+ */
+
+static int
+demangle_args (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  string arg;
+  int need_comma = 0;
+  int r;
+  int t;
+  const char *tem;
+  char temptype;
+
+  if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+    {
+      string_append (declp, "(");
+      if (**mangled == '\0')
+	{
+	  string_append (declp, "void");
+	}
+    }
+
+  while ((**mangled != '_' && **mangled != '\0' && **mangled != 'e')
+	 || work->nrepeats > 0)
+    {
+      if ((**mangled == 'N') || (**mangled == 'T'))
+	{
+	  temptype = *(*mangled)++;
+
+	  if (temptype == 'N')
+	    {
+	      if (!get_count (mangled, &r))
+		{
+		  return (0);
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      r = 1;
+	    }
+          if ((HP_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) && work -> ntypes >= 10)
+            {
+              /* If we have 10 or more types we might have more than a 1 digit
+                 index so we'll have to consume the whole count here. This
+                 will lose if the next thing is a type name preceded by a
+                 count but it's impossible to demangle that case properly
+                 anyway. Eg if we already have 12 types is T12Pc "(..., type1,
+                 Pc, ...)"  or "(..., type12, char *, ...)" */
+              if ((t = consume_count(mangled)) <= 0)
+                {
+                  return (0);
+                }
+            }
+          else
+	    {
+	      if (!get_count (mangled, &t))
+	    	{
+	          return (0);
+	    	}
+	    }
+	  if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING)
+	    {
+	      t--;
+	    }
+	  /* Validate the type index.  Protect against illegal indices from
+	     malformed type strings.  */
+	  if ((t < 0) || (t >= work -> ntypes))
+	    {
+	      return (0);
+	    }
+	  while (work->nrepeats > 0 || --r >= 0)
+	    {
+	      tem = work -> typevec[t];
+	      if (need_comma && PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+		{
+		  string_append (declp, ", ");
+		}
+	      if (!do_arg (work, &tem, &arg))
+		{
+		  return (0);
+		}
+	      if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+		{
+		  string_appends (declp, &arg);
+		}
+	      string_delete (&arg);
+	      need_comma = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (need_comma && PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+	    string_append (declp, ", ");
+	  if (!do_arg (work, mangled, &arg))
+	    return (0);
+	  if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+	    string_appends (declp, &arg);
+	  string_delete (&arg);
+	  need_comma = 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (**mangled == 'e')
+    {
+      (*mangled)++;
+      if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+	{
+	  if (need_comma)
+	    {
+	      string_append (declp, ",");
+	    }
+	  string_append (declp, "...");
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+    {
+      string_append (declp, ")");
+    }
+  return (1);
+}
+
+/* Like demangle_args, but for demangling the argument lists of function
+   and method pointers or references, not top-level declarations.  */
+
+static int
+demangle_nested_args (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  string* saved_previous_argument;
+  int result;
+  int saved_nrepeats;
+
+  /* The G++ name-mangling algorithm does not remember types on nested
+     argument lists, unless -fsquangling is used, and in that case the
+     type vector updated by remember_type is not used.  So, we turn
+     off remembering of types here.  */
+  ++work->forgetting_types;
+
+  /* For the repeat codes used with -fsquangling, we must keep track of
+     the last argument.  */
+  saved_previous_argument = work->previous_argument;
+  saved_nrepeats = work->nrepeats;
+  work->previous_argument = 0;
+  work->nrepeats = 0;
+
+  /* Actually demangle the arguments.  */
+  result = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+
+  /* Restore the previous_argument field.  */
+  if (work->previous_argument)
+    {
+      string_delete (work->previous_argument);
+      g_free ((char *) work->previous_argument);
+    }
+  work->previous_argument = saved_previous_argument;
+  --work->forgetting_types;
+  work->nrepeats = saved_nrepeats;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+static void
+demangle_function_name (work, mangled, declp, scan)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+     const char *scan;
+{
+  size_t i;
+  string type;
+  const char *tem;
+
+  string_appendn (declp, (*mangled), scan - (*mangled));
+  string_need (declp, 1);
+  *(declp -> p) = '\0';
+
+  /* Consume the function name, including the "__" separating the name
+     from the signature.  We are guaranteed that SCAN points to the
+     separator.  */
+
+  (*mangled) = scan + 2;
+  /* We may be looking at an instantiation of a template function:
+     foo__Xt1t2_Ft3t4, where t1, t2, ... are template arguments and a
+     following _F marks the start of the function arguments.  Handle
+     the template arguments first. */
+
+  if (HP_DEMANGLING && (**mangled == 'X'))
+    {
+      demangle_arm_hp_template (work, mangled, 0, declp);
+      /* This leaves MANGLED pointing to the 'F' marking func args */
+    }
+
+  if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING)
+    {
+
+      /* See if we have an ARM style constructor or destructor operator.
+	 If so, then just record it, clear the decl, and return.
+	 We can't build the actual constructor/destructor decl until later,
+	 when we recover the class name from the signature.  */
+
+      if (strcmp (declp -> b, "__ct") == 0)
+	{
+	  work -> constructor += 1;
+	  string_clear (declp);
+	  return;
+	}
+      else if (strcmp (declp -> b, "__dt") == 0)
+	{
+	  work -> destructor += 1;
+	  string_clear (declp);
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (declp->p - declp->b >= 3
+      && declp->b[0] == 'o'
+      && declp->b[1] == 'p'
+      && strchr (cplus_markers, declp->b[2]) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* see if it's an assignment expression */
+      if (declp->p - declp->b >= 10 /* op$assign_ */
+	  && memcmp (declp->b + 3, "assign_", 7) == 0)
+	{
+	  for (i = 0; i < G_N_ELEMENTS (optable); i++)
+	    {
+	      int len = declp->p - declp->b - 10;
+	      if ((int) strlen (optable[i].in) == len
+		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 10, len) == 0)
+		{
+		  string_clear (declp);
+		  string_append (declp, "operator");
+		  string_append (declp, optable[i].out);
+		  string_append (declp, "=");
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  for (i = 0; i < G_N_ELEMENTS (optable); i++)
+	    {
+	      int len = declp->p - declp->b - 3;
+	      if ((int) strlen (optable[i].in) == len
+		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 3, len) == 0)
+		{
+		  string_clear (declp);
+		  string_append (declp, "operator");
+		  string_append (declp, optable[i].out);
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if (declp->p - declp->b >= 5 && memcmp (declp->b, "type", 4) == 0
+	   && strchr (cplus_markers, declp->b[4]) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* type conversion operator */
+      tem = declp->b + 5;
+      if (do_type (work, &tem, &type))
+	{
+	  string_clear (declp);
+	  string_append (declp, "operator ");
+	  string_appends (declp, &type);
+	  string_delete (&type);
+	}
+    }
+  else if (declp->b[0] == '_' && declp->b[1] == '_'
+	   && declp->b[2] == 'o' && declp->b[3] == 'p')
+    {
+      /* ANSI.  */
+      /* type conversion operator.  */
+      tem = declp->b + 4;
+      if (do_type (work, &tem, &type))
+	{
+	  string_clear (declp);
+	  string_append (declp, "operator ");
+	  string_appends (declp, &type);
+	  string_delete (&type);
+	}
+    }
+  else if (declp->b[0] == '_' && declp->b[1] == '_'
+	   && g_ascii_islower((unsigned char)declp->b[2])
+	   && g_ascii_islower((unsigned char)declp->b[3]))
+    {
+      if (declp->b[4] == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* Operator.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < G_N_ELEMENTS (optable); i++)
+	    {
+	      if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 2
+		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 2, 2) == 0)
+		{
+		  string_clear (declp);
+		  string_append (declp, "operator");
+		  string_append (declp, optable[i].out);
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (declp->b[2] == 'a' && declp->b[5] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      /* Assignment.  */
+	      for (i = 0; i < G_N_ELEMENTS (optable); i++)
+		{
+		  if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 3
+		      && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 2, 3) == 0)
+		    {
+		      string_clear (declp);
+		      string_append (declp, "operator");
+		      string_append (declp, optable[i].out);
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* a mini string-handling package */
+
+static void
+string_need (s, n)
+     string *s;
+     int n;
+{
+  int tem;
+
+  if (s->b == NULL)
+    {
+      if (n < 32)
+	{
+	  n = 32;
+	}
+      s->p = s->b = g_malloc (n);
+      s->e = s->b + n;
+    }
+  else if (s->e - s->p < n)
+    {
+      tem = s->p - s->b;
+      n += tem;
+      n *= 2;
+      s->b = g_realloc (s->b, n);
+      s->p = s->b + tem;
+      s->e = s->b + n;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_delete (s)
+     string *s;
+{
+  if (s->b != NULL)
+    {
+      g_free (s->b);
+      s->b = s->e = s->p = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_init (s)
+     string *s;
+{
+  s->b = s->p = s->e = NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+string_clear (s)
+     string *s;
+{
+  s->p = s->b;
+}
+
+#if 0
+
+static int
+string_empty (s)
+     string *s;
+{
+  return (s->b == s->p);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+static void
+string_append (p, s)
+     string *p;
+     const char *s;
+{
+  int n;
+  if (s == NULL || *s == '\0')
+    return;
+  n = strlen (s);
+  string_need (p, n);
+  memcpy (p->p, s, n);
+  p->p += n;
+}
+
+static void
+string_appends (p, s)
+     string *p, *s;
+{
+  int n;
+
+  if (s->b != s->p)
+    {
+      n = s->p - s->b;
+      string_need (p, n);
+      memcpy (p->p, s->b, n);
+      p->p += n;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_appendn (p, s, n)
+     string *p;
+     const char *s;
+     int n;
+{
+  if (n != 0)
+    {
+      string_need (p, n);
+      memcpy (p->p, s, n);
+      p->p += n;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_prepend (p, s)
+     string *p;
+     const char *s;
+{
+  if (s != NULL && *s != '\0')
+    {
+      string_prependn (p, s, strlen (s));
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_prepends (p, s)
+     string *p, *s;
+{
+  if (s->b != s->p)
+    {
+      string_prependn (p, s->b, s->p - s->b);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_prependn (p, s, n)
+     string *p;
+     const char *s;
+     int n;
+{
+  char *q;
+
+  if (n != 0)
+    {
+      string_need (p, n);
+      for (q = p->p - 1; q >= p->b; q--)
+	{
+	  q[n] = q[0];
+	}
+      memcpy (p->b, s, n);
+      p->p += n;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_append_template_idx (s, idx)
+     string *s;
+     int idx;
+{
+  char buf[INTBUF_SIZE + 1 /* 'T' */];
+  sprintf(buf, "T%d", idx);
+  string_append (s, buf);
+}